Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Foreword
GUID-E7E6B9D7-70D5-46FD-8070-D86AD68B3005
Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN READ FIRSTGUID-E8CEB247-EE99-4DF1-B514-E4CF8D44A577
— THEN DRIVE SAFELY . ALWAYS provide information about
owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’s the proper use of vehicle safety
confidence. It was produced using the latest Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with features to all occupants of the
techniques and strict quality control. controls and maintenance requirements, assist- vehicle.
This manual was prepared to help you under- ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle. . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-
stand the operation and maintenance of your ual for important safety information.
vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of
driving pleasure. Please read through this WARNING
manual before operating your vehicle. ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION DRIVING
A separate Warranty Information Booklet REMINDERS FOR SAFETY!
explains details about the warranties cov- This vehicle will handle and maneuver
ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Service Follow these important driving rules to differently from an ordinary passenger
and Maintenance Guide explains details help ensure a safe and comfortable trip car because it has a higher center of
about maintaining and servicing your ve- for you and your passengers! gravity. As with other vehicles with fea-
hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer . NEVER drive under the influence of tures of this type, failure to operate this
Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will alcohol or drugs. vehicle correctly may result in loss of
explain how to resolve any concerns you control or an accident. Be sure to read
. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-
may have with your vehicle, as well as “On-pavement and off-road driving pre-
its and never drive too fast for
clarify your rights under your state’s lemon cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-
conditions.
law. over” and “Driving safety precautions” in
. ALWAYS give your full attention to the “5. Starting and driving” section of
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.
driving and avoid using vehicle this manual.
When you require any service or have any
features or taking other actions that
questions, we will be glad to assist you with the
could distract you.
extensive resources available to us.
. ALWAYS use your seat belts and
appropriate child restraint systems.
Pre-teen children should be seated
in the rear seat.
NOS1276
In case of emergency 6
Index 10
SSI0372B
SSI0834
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-0E8434A8-4BC2-4163-BDCF-16D45DCFAF34
1. Dual pop-up roll bar system (P.1-63) 5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-47)
2. Seat belts (P.1-18) 6. LATCH (Lower Anchors for CHildren) system
3. Head restraints (P.1-11) (P.1-32)
— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14) 7. Rear seats
4. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover — Child restraints (P.1-30)
supplemental air bags (P.1-47) 8. Front seat belt pretensioner (P.1-60)
EXTERIOR FRONT
GUID-ACAC74ED-4CE9-4346-84EA-C135DDC40621
7. Recovery hook (P.6-21)
8. License plate installation (P.9-12)
9. Fog lights*
— Switch operation (P.2-39)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
10. Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
11. Outside mirrors (P.3-48)
12. Doors
— Keys (P.3-3)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
— Security system (P.2-28)
13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-8)
14. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-42)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
*: if so equipped
SSI0804
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-45F5CB05-5240-4214-B1AF-9A6EAB41FB53
1. Hood (P.3-20) — Rain-sensing auto wiper system* (P.2-33)
2. Headlight and turn signal lights — Blade replacement (P.8-18)
— Switch operation (P.2-36) — Window washer fluid (P.8-13)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-54)
3. Windshield wiper and washer 5. Moonroof* (P.2-58)
— Switch operation (P.2-31) 6. Power windows (P.2-55)
8. Fog lights
— Switch operation (P.2-39)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
9. Tires
— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)
— Flat tire (P.6-2)
— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(P.2-14, P.5-3)
10. Outside mirrors (P.3-48)
11. Doors
— Keys (P.3-3)
— Door locks (P.3-5)
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
— Security system (P.2-28)
12. Fuel-filler door
— Operation (P.3-42)
— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)
SSI0835
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-DF0D496F-8646-47E0-B4BF-8034FB00EB80
1. Hood (P.3-20) — Blade replacement (P.8-18)
2. Headlight and turn signal lights — Window washer fluid (P.8-13)
— Switch operation (P.2-36) 4. Soft top (P.3-28)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-27) 5. Power windows (P.2-55)
3. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Recovery hook (P.6-21)
— Switch operation (P.2-31) 7. License plate installation (P.9-12)
EXTERIOR REAR
GUID-B2A0C3DF-DA6E-4362-BE30-301154FA231D
7. Rear combination light
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
*: if so equipped
SSI0813
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-98A8E9ED-6064-4584-986D-7BB45FD520AB
1. Lift gate (P.3-20) 3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35)
— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16) 4. High-mounted stop light
— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8) — Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
2. Rear window wiper and washer 5. Antenna (P.4-83)
— Switch operation (P.2-34) — Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-36)
— Window washer fluid (P.8-13) 6. Rear view camera* (P.4-22)
SSI0836
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-6AA1108F-4E3C-4010-9EAE-A25163A23048
1. Antenna (P.4-83) — Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)
— AM/FM/SAT(satellite) radio antenna (P.4-36) — Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)
2. High-mounted stop light 5. Rear view camera (P.4-22)
— Bulb replacement (P.8-28) 6. Rear combination light
3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35) — Bulb replacement (P.8-28)
4. Trunk (P.3-25)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-898A5FAA-ACAF-45AC-AF7C-F2CDAFA957BC
9. Mood light (P.2-62)
10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-47)
11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-47)
— HomeLink® universal transceiver* (P.2-63)
— Compass* (P.2-8)
12. Cargo area
— Storages (P.2-50)
— Luggage hooks (P.2-52)
— Cargo light (P.2-62)
— Spare tire (P.6-4)
13. Rear cup holders (P.2-46)
14. Heated seat switch (rear)* (P.2-41)
15. Console box (P.2-49)
— Power outlet* (P.2-44)
— Auxiliary input jacks* (P.4-79)
— iPod® connector* (P.4-70)
— USB connector* (P.4-61)
16. Front cup holders (P.2-46)
17. Storage box* (P.2-50) or Cigarette lighter/
Ashtray* (P.2-45)
*: if so equipped
SSI0815
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-1D3BA59C-6D3E-4AA7-9A6F-1F494D6CD9FC
1. Cargo cover* (P.2-51) — Power door lock switch (P.3-7)
2. Rear personal light (P.2-60) — Outside mirror remote control switch
3. Coat hooks (P.2-55) (P.3-48)
4. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P.3-50) 6. Sun visors (P.3-46)
5. Door armrest 7. Moonroof* (P.2-58)
— Power window switch (P.2-55) 8. Front map lights (P.2-60)
SSI0837
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-62E8FEB0-3BDC-4FB2-AC71-097B4EB82FFF
1. Door armrest 3. Sun visors (P.3-46)
— Power window switch (P.2-55) 4. Front map lights (P.2-60)
— Power door lock switch (P.3-7) 5. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-47)
— Outside mirror remote control switch — HomeLink® universal transceiver (P.2-63)
(P.3-48) — Compass* (P.2-8)
2. Automatic drive positioner switch (P.3-50) 6. Rear cup holders (P.2-46)
COCKPIT
GUID-32B6101A-1F0F-4AD4-AF3B-40C2CE7B8097
9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.3-20) or All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK
switch (CrossCabriolet models) (P.5-21)
10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.1-9)
11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
(P.1-9) or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabrio-
let models) (P.1-3)
12. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-42)
13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*
(P.3-45)
14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*
(P.3-45)
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*
— Audio control* (P.4-81)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models with navigation system)* (P.4-84)
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models without navigation system)*
(P.4-95)
16. Steering wheel
— Horn (P.2-40)
— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-47)
SSI0838
— Power steering system (P.5-25)
1. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-41) — Turn signal light (P.2-39) 17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) — Fog light* (P.2-39) — Cruise control switches (P.5-18)
(P.3-20) or trunk lid release switch (Cross- 5. Trip computer switch (P.2-24) 18. Center-console mounted controls
Cabriolet models) (P.3-25) 6. TRIP/RESET switch (P.2-6) — Heated seat switches* (P.2-41)
3. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-39) 7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-31) — All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*
4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch 8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch (Hardtop models) (P.5-21)
— Headlight (P.2-36) (P.2-44, P.5-27) — Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet
models) (P.3-28)
*: if so equipped
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-D2FB24F0-4B17-402D-8429-41D9E163851B
— Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone System
(models without navigation system)* (P.4-95)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-40)
8. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-47)
9. Hood release handle (P.3-20)
10. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)
11. Parking brake (P.5-18)
12. Intelligent Key port (P.5-12)
13. Audio system (P.4-35)
— Clock* (P.2-43)
14. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-55)
15. Power outlet (P.2-44)
16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster
switch (P.2-35)
17. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-30) or Audio
system (P.4-35)
18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-
Cabriolet models) (P.3-26)
19. Glove box (P.2-48)
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped).
SSI0839
SSI0816
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-907FC48F-D93C-457F-AEE4-15BFC27C6D55
SDI2172
VQ35DE ENGINE
GUID-E583ADB4-3DB5-4B36-96ED-07E29BF970D7
1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-11) 7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)
2. Drive belt location (P.8-15) 8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)
3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8) 9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)
4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12) 10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)
5. Air cleaner (P.8-17) 11. Battery (P.8-13)
6. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)
0-14 Illustrated table of contents
*: if so equipped
MEMO
SEATS
GUID-2869D0FF-2DAC-47DC-BF36-8D864A5BD9A3
CAUTION
SSS0133
When adjusting the seat positions, be
sure not to contact any moving parts to
avoid possible injuries and/or da-
well back in the seat with both feet mages.
WARNING on the floor and adjust the seat
properly. See “Precautions on seat
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle belt usage” later in this section.
when the seatback is reclined. This
. After adjustment, gently rock in the
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
seat to make sure it is securely
will not be against your body. In an
locked.
accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious . Do not leave children unattended
injuries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could un-
the lap belt and receive serious knowingly activate switches or con-
internal injuries. trols. Unattended children could
become involved in serious acci-
. For the most effective protection
dents.
when the vehicle is in motion, the
seat should be upright. Always sit
1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0792 JVR0034X
FRONT SEATS
GUID-589050CC-5D5C-4407-A4F0-CB0819F0ABAB
Sliding front passenger seat (CrossCab-
seatback for occupants of different sizes for riolet models):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Manual seat adjustment
GUID-6BE5370B-3D84-4E0B-B0E0-081F8AF0F764 added comfort and to help obtain proper seat To slide the front passenger seat from the front
Forward and backward:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” most position to the rear most position, push the
Pull the lever *
1 up and hold it while you slide later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be bottom half of the seatback * A or the front seat
the seat forward or backward to the desired reclined to allow occupants to rest when the cushion * B . If you push the top half of the
position. Release the lever to lock the seat in vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P seatback * C , it will lock the seat in the front
position. (Park) position. most position.
Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To recline the seatback, pull the lever * 2 up and
lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull
the lever up and lean your body forward. Release
the lever to lock the seatback in position.
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor
stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,
then reactivate the switch.
. Do not operate the power seat switch for a
long period of time when the engine is off.
This will discharge the battery.
See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-
driving checks and adjustments” section for the
seat position memory function.
SSS0793 SSS0684
JVR0038X
JVR0039X SSS1027
Reclining: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the Seat lifter (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Move the recline switch * A backward until the P (Park) position. Push the front or rear end of the switch up or
desired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback down to adjust the angle of the front portion or
forward again, move the switch * A forward. height of the seat.
Push and hold the back * 2 end of the reclining
switch *B until the desired angle is obtained.
To bring the seatback forward again, push and
hold the front *1 end of the switch (Cross-
Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
seatback for occupants of different sizes for
added comfort and to help obtain proper seat
belt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”
later in this section.) Also, the seatback can be
reclined to allow occupants to rest when the
1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
CAUTION
. When operating the walk-in func-
tion, be sure not to contact any
moving parts to avoid possible in-
juries and/or damages.
. When operating the walk-in func-
tion, be sure that the front passen-
ger seat is not occupied by a
SSS1028 SSS1172 passenger and/or any objects to
Front passenger’s seatback switch avoid possible injuries and/or da-
Lumbar support (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 mages.
The lumbar support feature provides lower back . After operating the walk-in function,
support to the driver. be sure to return the seat to the
Push the front *1 or back *2 end of the switch rearmost position and then tilt up
to adjust the seatback lumbar area. the seatback until it latches.
SSS1173
SSS0569 SSS0821
Before foldingGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the rear seats: Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright
position until it is latched.
. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks
on the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks Power operation (if so equipped):
(Hardtop models)” later in this section.) Push and hold the corresponding switch located
. Disconnect and stow the center seat belt on the lower side of the instrument panel *B or
and tongue into the retractor base. (See the right or left side in the cargo area *
A .
“Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)” A beep sounds once and the seatback will be
later in this section.) returned automatically.
. Always reconnect the center seat belt when A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully
the seat is returned to the upright position. returned to the seating position.
. Remove drink containers from the rear cup If the control unit detects any obstacle or
holder. malfunctions while in the power operation, a
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9
beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback . Do not fold down the rear seats center seat belt connector is com-
will return to the folded position automatically. when occupants are in the rear seat pletely secured.
Check if there are any obstacles caught that area or any luggage is on the rear
prevent seats from returning to the folded . If the rear center seat belt connector
seats. and the seatbacks are not secured
position. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still
sounds. . When folding or returning the seat- in the correct position, serious per-
backs to the upright position, to sonal injury may result in an acci-
avoid injury to yourself and others: dent or sudden stop.
CAUTION — Make sure that the seat path is
clear before moving the seat.
When operating the rear power seat-
back return, make sure that the vehicle — Be careful not to allow hands or
is stopped and the transmission is in feet to get caught or pinched in
the P (Park) position. the seat.
. Properly secure all cargo to help
prevent it from sliding or shifting.
Do not place cargo higher than the
WARNING seatbacks. In a sudden stop or
collision, unsecured cargo could
. Never allow anyone to ride in the
cause personal injury.
cargo area or on the rear seats
when they are in the fold-down . When returning the seatbacks, be
position. In a collision, people riding sure to attach the rear center seat
in these areas are more likely to be belt connector.
seriously injured or killed. . Do not unfasten the rear center seat
. Do not allow people to ride in any belt connector except when folding
area of your vehicle that is not down the rear seat.
equipped with seats and seat belts. . When attaching the rear center seat
Be sure everyone in your vehicle is belt connector, be certain that the
in a seat and using a seat belt seatbacks are completely secured in
properly. the latched position and the rear
1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
HEAD RESTRAINTS
GUID-5E605952-D804-4293-B401-616CD7C38955
WARNING
. Do not ride in a moving vehicle WARNING
when the seatback is reclined. This
Head restraints supplement the other
can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
vehicle safety systems. They may pro-
will not be against your body. In an
vide additional protection against injury
accident, you could be thrown into it
in certain rear end collisions. Adjust the
and receive neck or other serious
head restraints properly, as specified in
injuries. You could also slide under
this section. Check the adjustment after
the lap belt and receive serious
someone else uses the seat. Do not
internal injuries.
attach anything to the head restraint
. For the most effective protection stalks or remove the head restraint. Do
SSS0227A
when the vehicle is in motion, the not use the seat if the head restraint
seat should be upright. Always sit has been removed. If the head restraint
Reclining GUID-1BFE5C97-1FC3-4054-A6B3-17A9466D0C05 well back in the seat with both feet was removed, reinstall and properly
Pull the reclining strap * A and position the on the floor and adjust the seat belt adjust the head restraint before an
seatback at the desired angle. Release the properly. See “Precautions on seat occupant uses the seating position.
reclining strap after positioning the seat at the belt usage” later in this section. Failure to follow these instructions
desired angle.
. After adjustment, check to be sure can reduce the effectiveness of the
The reclining feature allows adjustment of the the seat is securely locked. head restraints. This may increase the
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help risk of serious injury or death in a
obtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on collision.
seat belt usage” later in this section.) The
seatback may also be reclined to allow occu-
pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.
To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal GUID-FC0E7C18-BEC7-4083-8503-66512F55EE99
the head restraint down.
Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable head restraints.
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest
position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Install and properly adjust the head restraint
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
tion.
WARNING
The adjustable headrests supplement
the other vehicle safety systems. They
may provide additional protection
against injury in certain rear end colli-
sions. Adjust the headrests properly, as
SSS0996 SSS0508 specified in this section. Check the
adjustment after someone else uses
Install GUID-10B7C451-D81D-4E42-9DB2-2C10EBE1FF75
Front-seat Active Head Restraint
GUID-3164FE3F-22C1-4D05-B110-75CFEC562928
the seat. Do not attach anything to the
1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes The Active Head Restraint moves forward adjustable headrest stalks or remove
in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint utilizing the force that the seatback receives the adjustable headrests. Do not use
is facing the correct direction. The stalk with from the occupant in a rear-end collision. The the seat if the adjustable headrests
the adjustment notches * 1 must be in- movement of the head restraint helps support have been removed. If the adjustable
stalled in the hole with the lock knob * 2 . the occupant’s head by reducing its backward headrest was removed, reinstall and
movement and helping absorb some of the properly adjust the headrest before an
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the
forces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries. occupant uses the seating position.
head restraint down.
Failure to follow these instructions
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-
can reduce the effectiveness of the
occupant uses the seating position. sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said
adjustable headrests. This may in-
that whiplash injury occurs most.
crease the risk of serious injury or
Active Head Restraints operate only in certain death in a collision.
rear-end collisions. After the collision, the head
restraints return to their original position.
To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push Removal GUID-BE2EE26A-B413-48C4-B196-33F5100BE36D
the headrest down.
Use the following procedure to remove the
adjustable headrests.
1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
3. Remove the headrest from the seat.
4. Store the headrest properly in a secure
place so it is not loose in the vehicle.
5. Install and properly adjust the headrest
before an occupant uses the seating posi-
tion.
SEAT BELTS
GUID-02C3DBF6-9D5A-47DE-B2F0-C98E0027F971
PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT
USAGE GUID-0C8D3A44-10AF-48A1-A8CC-9A495B9121D7
If you are wearing your seat belt properly
adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well
back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your
chances of being injured or killed in an accident
and/or the severity of injury may be greatly
reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and
all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, even if your seating position includes a
supplemental air bag.
Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces
or territories specify that seat belts be SSS0136
worn at all times when a vehicle is being
driven.
SSS0134
. Once a seat belt pretensioner has damaged. injuries. You could also slide under
activated, it cannot be reused and the lap belt and receive serious
must be replaced together with the PREGNANTGUID-92E572E7-A7ED-4EC2-8824-E9C667CD8A35
WOMEN internal injuries.
retractor. See a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use . For the most effective protection
. Removal and installation of the seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, when the vehicle is in motion, the
pretensioner system components and always position the lap belt as low as seat should be upright. Always sit
should be done by a NISSAN dealer. possible around the hips, not the waist. Place well back in the seat with both feet
. All seat belt assemblies, including the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across on the floor and adjust the seat belt
retractors and attaching hardware, your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over properly.
should be inspected after any colli- your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for
sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN specific recommendations.
recommends that all seat belt as- INJURED PERSONS
GUID-B47CCE32-408A-4E62-B891-7EBBE28DCC23
semblies in use during a collision be NISSAN recommends that injured persons use
replaced unless the collision was seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific
minor and the belts show no da- recommendations.
mage and continue to operate prop-
erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
GUID-F9647E3B-7CCB-4333-9D53-DBFEBA7433EC
during a collision should also be
inspected and replaced if either WARNING
damage or improper operation is
noted. . Every person who drives or rides in
. All child restraints and attaching this vehicle should use a seat belt at
hardware should be inspected after all times.
any collision. Always follow the . Do not ride in a moving vehicle
restraint manufacturer’s inspection when the seatback is reclined. This
instructions and replacement re- can be dangerous. The shoulder belt
commendations. The child restraints will not be against your body. In an
should be replaced if they are accident, you could be thrown into it
and receive neck or other serious
1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
retractor.
SSS0292 SSS0290
Fastening the seat belts 3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug
GUID-4C4C9056-82D7-4B6A-80A4-9DBA4C079A82
on the hips as shown.
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in this
section.) 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder
and insert the tongue into the buckle until
and across your chest.
you hear and feel the latch engage.
. The retractor is designed to lock The front passenger seat and the rear seating
during a sudden stop or on impact. positions three-point seat belts have two modes
A slow pulling motion permits the of operation:
belt to move and allows you some . Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)
freedom of movement in the seat. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)
. If the seat belt cannot be pulled from The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode
its fully retracted position, firmly pull allows the seat belt to extend and retract to
the belt and release it. Then allow the driver and passengers some freedom
smoothly pull the belt out of the
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21
of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat restrict further belt movement.
belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or If the retractor does not lock during this check or
during certain impacts. if you have any question about seat belt
The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode operation, see a NISSAN dealer.
(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for
child restraint installation.
When ALR mode is activated the seat belt
cannot be extended again until the seat belt
tongue is detached from the buckle and fully
retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode
after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional
information, see “Child restraints” later in this
section. SSS0326
The ALR mode should be used only for
child restraint installation. During normal Unfastening the seat belts
GUID-313FD5EC-9489-4699-B4F1-98B31FED4129
seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
mode should not be activated. If it is buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.
activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat
belt tension. Checking seat belt operation
GUID-AED6BCDC-CBDB-4FCF-9DB2-9B060E99627A
Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat
belt movement by two separate methods:
WARNING
. When the belt is pulled quickly from the
When fastening the seat belts, be retractor.
certain that seatbacks are completely . When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
secured in the latched position. If they To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
are not completely secured, passengers check the operation as follows:
may be injured in an accident or sudden . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
stop. quickly. The retractor should lock and
CAUTION
. When entering or exiting the rear
seat, or inserting or retrieving lug-
gage with the seatback folded
down, always release the seat belt
guide. Otherwise, the seat belt
guide may be damaged.
SSS1181 . Do not fold the seat forward or pull SSS0351A
it backward by holding the seat belt
Seat belt guide (front seats, CrossCab- guide in your hand. Doing so may Shoulder belt height adjustment (Hard-
riolet models)GUID-3EF9ED5F-135A-43B1-8954-CAD684674E27 damage the seat belt guide. top models)GUID-E8DCDEEB-44E6-4A0A-B2D9-EB6DBF18146C
When the seat belt guide is used with the front The shoulder belt anchor height should be
seat, the seat belt can easily be pulled out. adjusted to the position best for you. (See
Release the seat belt guide, clip the seat belt “Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in this
and install the seat belt guide again. section.)
When using the seat belt guide, do not allow it To adjust, pull the adjustment button * 1 , and
WARNING
. After adjustment, release the ad-
justment button and try to move the
shoulder belt anchor up and down
to make sure it is securely fixed in
position.
. The shoulder belt anchor height
should be adjusted to the position
best for you. Failure to do so may
reduce the effectiveness of the
entire restraint system and increase
SSS0845 SSS0846
the chance or severity of injury in an
accident.
Seat belt hooks (Hardtop models)
GUID-0F6C8515-923F-4DA4-BED8-81B474353BA2
Rear center GUID-D2977525-73CC-440E-AC17-490B6791BECA
seat belt (Hardtop models)
When the rear seat belts are not in use and The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue
when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear * 1 and a seat belt tongue * 2 . Both the
outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks. connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must
be securely latched for proper seat belt opera-
tion.
SSS0241 SSS0703
WARNING
. Do not unfasten the rear center seat
belt connector except when folding
down the rear seat.
. When attaching the rear center seat
belt connector, be certain that the
seatbacks are completely secured in
the latched position and the rear
center seat belt connector is com-
pletely secured. SSS0232
Attaching rearGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
center seat belt: seatbacks are completely secured in
Always be sure the rear center seat belt the latched position and the rear
connector tongue and connector buckle are center seat belt connector is com-
attached. Disconnect only when folding down pletely secured.
the rear seat. . If the rear center seat belt connector
To connect the buckle: and the seatbacks are not secured
1. Pull out the connector tongue from the in the correct position, serious per-
retractor base *
1 . sonal injury may result in an acci-
dent or sudden stop.
2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the
retractor base *
2 .
CHILD SAFETY
GUID-26D16DBE-9A0E-4759-945D-C9D751725375
purchasing an extender if an extender is . If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt Children need adults to help protect them.
required. guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat They need to be properly restrained.
belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder
In addition to the general information in this
belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.
WARNING . Periodically check to see that the seat
manual, child safety information is available from
many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
belt and the metal components, such as government traffic safety offices, and community
. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,
buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires organizations. Every child is different, so be sure
made by the same company which
and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, to learn the best way to transport your child.
made the original equipment seat
deterioration, cuts or other damage on the
belts, should be used with NISSAN There are three basic types of child restraint
webbing is found, the entire seat belt
seat belts. systems:
assembly should be replaced.
. Adults and children who can use the . Rear-facing child restraint
standard seat belt should not use an . Forward-facing child restraint
extender. Such unnecessary use . Booster seat
could result in serious personal
The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.
injury in the event of an accident.
Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less
. Never use seat belt extenders to than 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-
install child restraints. If the child facing child restraints. Forward-facing child
restraint is not secured properly, the restraints are available for children who outgrow
child could be seriously injured in a rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1
collision or a sudden stop. year old. Booster seats are used to help position
a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no
SEAT BELT GUID-3D5EE851-7E10-4B7F-A02B-8BFBB0D4CCE6
MAINTENANCE longer use a forward-facing child restraint.
. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a
mild soap solution or any solution recom-
mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.
WARNING
Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat
Infants and children need special pro-
belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the
tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may not
seat belts to retract until they are completely
fit them properly. The shoulder belt may
dry.
1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
CHILD RESTRAINTS
GUID-D2F4DA62-62F0-46FA-BDC9-C09A7F684094
sure the child restraint is compatible with LATCH Lower Anchors SYSTEM
GUID-5B0A4406-68B6-491C-B161-EC20158AB5AF
your child. Choose a child restraint that is Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor
designed for your child’s height and weight. points that are used with the LATCH (Lower
Always follow all recommended procedures. Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system
All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or compatible child restraints. This system may
territories require that infants and small also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX
children be restrained in an approved child compatible system. With this system, you do not
restraint at all times while the vehicle is have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the
being operated. Canadian law requires the child restraint.
top tether strap on forward-facing child
The LATCH anchor points are provided to install
restraints to be secured to the designated
child restraints in the rear outboard seating
anchor point on the vehicle.
positions only.
SSS0419B LATCH lowerGUID-4797B6AD-EBE0-4886-9CA1-312C75CE0CF6
anchor
LATCH label location (Hardtop models)
WARNING
Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use and installa-
tion of child restraints could result in
serious injury or death of a child or
other passengers in a sudden stop or
collision:
. Attach LATCH system compatible
child restraints only at the locations
shown in the illustration.
. Do not secure a child restraint in the
SSS0933 center rear seating position using
LATCH label location (CrossCabriolet models) the LATCH lower anchors. The child
1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0637 SSS0643
LATCH lower anchor location LATCH webbing-mounted attachment
LATCH lowerGUID-94E9EDFE-3FEF-48B7-A3C5-82134F7A076B
anchor location Installing child restraint LATCH lower
The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of anchor attachments
GUID-4BE9649D-8090-4388-B26D-DF734FBAADA5
the seat cushion near the seatback. A label is LATCH compatible child restraints include two
attached to the seatback to help you locate the rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can
LATCH anchors. be connected to anchors located at certain
seating positions in your vehicle. With this
system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Check your
child restraint for a label stating that it is
compatible with LATCH. This information may
also be in the instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
WARNING
. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
restraint. Failure to use the ALR SSS0100
mode will result in the child re- Rear-facing — step 1
straint not being properly secured. Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
The restraint could tip over or be safety” earlier in this section and “Child re-
loose and cause injury to a child in a straints” earlier in this section before installing a
sudden stop or collision. Also, it can child restraint.
change the operation of the front
Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child
passenger air bag. See “Front pas-
restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear
senger air bag and status light”
seats:
later in this section.
1. Child restraints for infants must be
. When installing a child restraint
used in the rear-facing direction and
system in the rear center position,
therefore must not be used in the front
both the center seat belt connector
seat. Position the child restraint on the seat.
tongue and buckle tongue must be
Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
secured. See “Rear center seat belt
instructions.
(Hardtop models)” earlier in this
WARNING
. The three-point seat belt with Auto-
matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must
be used when installing a child
restraint. Failure to use the ALR
SSS0638 mode will result in the child re- SSS0640
Forward-facing — step 6 straint not being properly secured. Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1
6. After attaching the child restraint, test it The restraint could tip over or be Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child
before you place the child in it. Push it from loose and cause injury to a child in a safety” and “Child restraints” sections before
side to side while holding the child restraint sudden stop or collision. Also, it can installing a child restraint.
near the LATCH attachment path. The child change the operation of the front Follow these steps to install a forward-facing
restraint should not move more than 1 inch passenger air bag. See “Front pas- child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the
(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it senger air bag and status light” rear seats or in the front passenger seat:
forward and check to see if the LATCH later in this section.
1. If you must install a child restraint in
attachment holds the restraint in place. If the . When installing a child restraint the front seat, it should be placed in a
restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH system in the rear center position, forward-facing direction only. Move the
attachment as necessary, or put the restraint both the center seat belt connector seat to the rearmost position. Child
in another seat and test it again. You may tongue and buckle tongue must be restraints for infants must be used in
need to try a different child restraint. Not all secured. See “Rear center seat belt the rear-facing direction and, therefore,
child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. (Hardtop models)” earlier in this must not be used in the front seat.
7. Check to make sure the child restraint is section. (for Hardtop models)
properly secured prior to each use. If the
1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0823 SSS0822
Forward-facing — step 10
10. If the child restraint is installed in the front
INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in (Hardtop models)
GUID-10E4B72F-E871-4B10-A99B-9504B51D59C9
the ON position. The front passenger air bag First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH
status light should illuminate. If this light lower anchors (rear outboard seat positions
is not illuminated, see “Front passenger air only) or the seat belt, as applicable.
bag and status light” later in this section. 1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrest to
Move the child restraint to another position the top tether strap over the top of
seating position. Have the system the seatback. If the headrest is removed,
checked by a NISSAN dealer. store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall
After the child restraint is removed and the seat the headrest when the child restraint is
belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child removed.
restraint mode) is canceled. See “Adjustable headrest (Hardtop mod-
els)” earlier in this section for headrest
adjustment, removal and installation informa-
tion.
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43
Position the top tether strap over the top of BOOSTER SEATS
GUID-5C761715-A70E-4E74-8871-BE6A74AC0326
the seatback.
Precautions on booster seats
GUID-469816AF-C7E6-4180-AFB1-93AE88597A78
2. Secure the top tether strap to the tether
anchor point on the back of the seatback
behind the child restraint. WARNING
3. Refer to the appropriate child restraint
installation procedure steps in this section If a booster seat and seat belt are not
before tightening the tether strap. used properly, the risk of a child being
injured in a sudden stop or collision
If you have any questions when installing a greatly increases:
top tether strap, consult your NISSAN
dealer for details. . Make sure the shoulder portion of
the belt is away from the child’s face
and neck and the lap portion of the LRS0455
belt does not cross the stomach.
. Make sure the shoulder belt is not Booster seats of various sizes are offered by
behind the child or under the child’s several manufacturers. When selecting any
arm. booster seat, keep the following points in mind:
. A booster seat must only be in- . Choose only a booster seat with a label
stalled in a seating position that has certifying that it complies with Federal Motor
a lap/shoulder belt. Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be
sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat
and seat belt system.
LRS0453 LRS0464
. Make sure the child’s head will be properly All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or
supported by the booster seat or vehicle territories require that infants and small
seat. The seatback must be at or above the children be restrained in an approved child
center of the child’s ears. For example, if a restraint at all times while the vehicle is
low back booster seat * 1 is chosen, the being operated.
vehicle seatback must be at or above the The instructions in this section apply to booster
center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is seat installation in the rear seats or the front
lower than the center of the child’s ears, a passenger seat.
high back booster seat * 2 should be used.
. If the booster seat is compatible with your Booster seatGUID-DD7C3A91-D5DD-463D-A292-37C02FD6C0EF
installation
vehicle, place your child in the booster seat
and check the various adjustments to be
sure the booster seat is compatible with
CAUTION
your child. Always follow all recommended Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-
procedures. matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
GUID-89C89C02-D98C-47EA-BD3E-60C2DD1787AC
PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and
RESTRAINTGUID-7DBBCDDD-81AC-4813-B231-7475F02B5DFA
SYSTEM rollover supplemental air bag system (for
Hardtop models): This system can help
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
cushion the impact force to the head of
section contains important information concern-
occupants in front and rear outboard seating
ing the following systems:
positions in certain side impact or rollover
. Driver and passenger supplemental front- collisions. In a side impact, the curtain and
impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the
System) side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover,
. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- the curtain and rollover air bags on both sides
mental air bag are designed to inflate. Under both side-impact
. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- and rollover situations, the curtain air bags will
over supplemental air bag (for Hardtop remain inflated for a short period of time.
SSS0823 models) Door-mounted curtain side-impact and
7. If the booster seat is installed in the front . Door-mounted curtain side-impact and roll- rollover supplemental air bag system (for
passenger seat, place the ignition switch in over supplemental air bag (for CrossCabrio- CrossCabriolet models): This system can
the ON position. The front passenger air bag let models) help cushion the impact force to the heads of
status light may or may not illuminate . Seat belt pretensioner the driver and front passenger in certain side-
depending on the size of the child and the Supplemental front-impact air bag system: impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, the
type of booster seat used. See “Front The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can curtain and rollover air bags are designed to
passenger air bag and status light” later in help cushion the impact force to the head and inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.
this section. chest of the driver and front passenger in certain In a rollover, the curtain and rollover air bags on
frontal collisions. both sides are designed to inflate. Under both
side-impact and rollover situations, the curtain
Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-
air bags will remain inflated for a short period of
mental air bag system: This system can help
time.
cushion the impact force to the chest area of the
driver and front passenger in certain side impact These supplemental restraint systems are de-
collisions. The side air bags are designed to signed to supplement the crash protection
inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. provided by the driver and passenger seat belts
and are not a substitute for them. Seat belts
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47
SSS0132
back against the seatback and as crease the risk that they are injured
WARNING far-away as practical from the steer- if the front air bag inflates.
ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-
. The front air bags ordinarily will not ways use the seat belts.
inflate in the event of a side impact,
. The driver and front passenger seat
rear impact, rollover, or lower se-
belt buckles are equipped with
verity frontal collision. Always wear
sensors that detect if the seat belts
your seat belts to help reduce the
are fastened. The Advanced Air Bag
risk or severity of injury in various
System monitors the severity of a
kinds of accidents.
collision and seat belt usage then
. The front passenger air bag will not inflates the air bags as needed.
inflate if the passenger air bag Failure to properly wear seat belts
status light is lit or if the front can increase the risk or severity of
passenger seat is unoccupied. See injury in an accident.
“Front passenger air bag and status
. The front passenger seat is
light” later in this section.
equipped with an occupant classifi-
. The seat belts and the front air bags cation sensor (pattern sensor) that
are most effective when you are turns the front passenger air bag
sitting well back and upright in the OFF under some conditions. This
seat with both feet on the floor. The sensor is only used in this seat.
front air bags inflate with great Failure to be properly seated and
force. Even with the NISSAN Ad- wearing the seat belt can increase
vanced Air Bag System, if you are the risk or severity of injury in an
unrestrained, leaning forward, sit- accident. See “Front passenger air
ting sideways or out of position in bag and status light” later in this
any way, you are at greater risk of section.
injury or death in a crash. You may
. Keep hands on the outside of the
also receive serious or fatal injuries
steering wheel. Placing them inside
from the front air bag if you are up
the steering wheel rim could in-
against it when it inflates. Always sit
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49
WARNING
. Never let children ride unrestrained
or extend their hands or face out of
the window. Do not attempt to hold
them in your lap or arms. Some
examples of dangerous riding posi-
tions are shown in the illustrations.
. Children may be severely injured or
killed when the front air bags, side
air bags or curtain and rollover air
bags inflate if they are not properly
SSS0059A SSS0140
restrained. Pre-teens and children
Do not lean against doors or windows.
should be properly restrained in the
rear seat, if possible.
. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air
Bag System, never install a rear-
facing child restraint in the front
seat. An inflating front air bag could
seriously injure or kill your child.
See “Child restraints” earlier in this
section for details.
SSS0162
SSS0188A
reduce the risk or severity of injury . Do not use seat covers on the front
in various kinds of accidents. seatbacks. They may interfere with
. The seat belts and air bags are most side air bag inflation.
effective when you are sitting well
back and upright in the seat with
both feet on the floor. The air bags
inflate with great force. Do not allow
anyone to place their hand, leg or
face near the side air bag on the
side of the seatback of the front
seat, near the side roof rails (Hard-
top models), or near the top of the
SSS0159
door finisher (CrossCabriolet mod-
els). Do not allow anyone sitting in
the front seats or rear outboard
WARNING seats to extend their hand out of
the window or lean against the
Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- door. Some examples of dangerous
plemental air bags and roof-mounted riding positions are shown in the
curtain side-impact and rollover supple- previous illustrations.
mental air bags (Hardtop models) or . When sitting in the rear seat, do not
door-mounted curtain side-impact and hold onto the seatback of the front
rollover supplemental air bags (Cross- seat. If the side air bag inflates, you
Cabriolet models): may be seriously injured. Be espe-
cially careful with children, who
. The side air bags and curtain air
should always be properly re-
bags ordinarily will not inflate in the
strained. Some examples of danger-
event of a frontal impact, rear im-
ous riding positions are shown in
pact or lower severity side collision.
the illustrations.
Always wear your seat belts to help
1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
SSS0847
Hardtop models
NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)
GUID-62252794-B440-46E4-B4A3-195A0FB9B0EC
1. Crash zone sensor 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules supplemental air bags
3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover
air bag modules supplemental air bag inflators
4. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor) 8. Seat belt pretensioners
5. Occupant classification system control unit 9. Satellite sensors
front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on and chest of the front occupants. They can help
the crash severity and whether the front save lives and reduce serious injuries. However,
occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, an inflating front air bag may cause facial
the front passenger air bag may be automatically abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags do
turned OFF under some conditions, depending not provide restraint to the lower body.
on the information provided by the occupant Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat
classification sensor. If the front passenger air belts should be correctly worn and the driver
bag is OFF, the passenger air bag status light and passenger seated upright as far as practical
will be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, the away from the steering wheel or instrument
light will not be illuminated, but the air bag will panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order
be off). (See “Front passenger air bag and to help protect the front occupants. Because of
status light” later in this section for further this, the force of the front air bag inflating can
details.) One front air bag inflating does not increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too
indicate improper performance of the system. close to, or is against, the air bag module during SSS0823
Front passenger air bag status light
If you have any questions about your air bag inflation.
system, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. If The front air bags will deflate quickly after a Front passenger air bag and status light
GUID-3CBF7429-7AEE-4E17-9176-3C55CA8B9FB7
you are considering modification of your vehicle collision.
due to a disability, you may also contact
NISSAN. Contact information is contained in
The front air bags operate only when the WARNING
ignition switch is in the ON position.
the front of this Owner’s Manual.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON The front passenger air bag is designed
When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise to automatically turn OFF under some
position, the supplemental air bag warning
may be heard, followed by release of smoke. conditions. Read this section carefully
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag
This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate to learn how it operates. Proper use of
warning light will turn off after about 7
a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it the seat, seat belt and child restraints is
seconds if the system is operational.
may cause irritation and choking. Those with a necessary for most effective protection.
history of a breathing condition should get fresh Failure to follow all instructions in this
air promptly. manual concerning the use of seats,
Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, seat belts and child restraints can
help to cushion the impact force on the head increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident. below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If the sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure
front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly
in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags for the most effective protection by the seat belt
Status light: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 in your vehicle are not part of this system. and supplemental air bag.
The front passenger air bag status light is The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-
located on the instrument panel below the air the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.
conditioner controls. After the ignition switch is to certain front passenger seat occupants, such NISSAN also recommends that appropriate
placed in the ON position, the front passenger as children, by requiring the air bag to be child restraints and booster seats be properly
air bag status light illuminates for about 7 automatically turned OFF. installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the
seconds and then turns off or illuminates occupant classification sensor is designed to
depending on the front passenger occupied The occupant classification sensor (pattern
sensor) is in the front passenger seat cushion operate as described above to turn the front
status. The light operates as follows: passenger air bag OFF for specified child
and is designed to detect an occupant and
. Unoccupied passenger seat: The objects on the seat. For example, if a child is in restraints. Failing to properly secure child
light is OFF and the front passenger air the front passenger seat, the Advanced Air Bag restrains and to use the Automatic Locking
bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. System is designed to turn the passenger air Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)
. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult, bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. may allow the restraint to tip or move in an
child or child restraint as outlined in this Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in accident or sudden stop. This can also result in
section: The light illuminates to the regulations is on the seat, the occupant the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead
indicate that the front passenger air bag is classification sensor can detect it and cause the of being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier in
OFF and will not inflate in a crash. air bag to turn OFF. this section for proper use and installation.)
. Occupied passenger seat and the passen- Front passenger seat adult occupants who are If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
ger meets the conditions outlined in this properly seated and using the seat belt as passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a
section: The light is OFF to indicate outlined in this manual should not cause the crash. However, heavy objects placed on the
that the front passenger air bag is opera- passenger air bag to be automatically turned seat could result in air bag inflation, because of
tional. OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, the object being detected by the occupant
Front passenger air bag: however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat classification sensor. Other conditions could
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is
The front passenger air bag is designed to
sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise standing on the seat, or if two children are on the
automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is
being out of position), this could cause the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.
operated under some conditions as described
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
occupants are seated and restrained properly. OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that the . Do not place objects with sharp
Using the passenger air bag status light, you can system is OFF by using a special tool. However, edges on the seat. Also, do not
monitor when the front passenger air bag is until you have confirmed with your dealer that place heavy objects on the seat that
automatically turned OFF with the seat occu- your air bag is working properly, reposition the will leave permanent impressions in
pied. The light will not illuminate when the front occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. the seat. Such objects can damage
passenger seat is unoccupied. The air bag system and passenger air bag status the seat or occupant classification
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the light will take a few seconds to register a change sensor (pattern sensor). This can
passenger air bag status light is illuminated in the passenger seat status. However, if the affect the operation of the air bag
(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could be seat becomes unoccupied, the air bag status system and result in serious perso-
that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting light will remain off. nal injury.
on the seat properly. If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air . Do not use water or acidic cleaners
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, bag system, the supplemental air bag warning (hot steam cleaners) on the seat.
the passenger air bag status light may or may light , located in the meter and gauges area, This can damage the seat or occu-
not be illuminated, depending on the size of the will blink. Have the system checked by a pant classification sensor. This can
child and the type of child restraint being used. If NISSAN dealer. also affect the operation of the air
the air bag status light is not illuminated bag system and result in serious
Other supplemental front-impact air bag personal injury.
(indicating that the air bag might inflate in a
precautions GUID-1331924B-CE23-4E8A-A024-69044301EFB8
crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat . Immediately after inflation, several
belt is not being used properly. Make sure that front air bag system components
the child restraint is installed properly, the seat WARNING will be hot. Do not touch them; you
belt is used properly and the occupant is may severely burn yourself.
positioned properly. If the air bag status light is . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should be
not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child steering wheel pad or on the instru- made to any components or wiring
restraint in a rear seat. ment panel. Also, do not place any of the supplemental air bag system.
If the passenger air bag status light will not objects between any occupant and This is to prevent accidental infla-
illuminate even though you believe that the child the steering wheel or instrument tion of the supplemental air bag or
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are panel. Such objects may become damage to the supplemental air bag
properly positioned, the system may be sensing dangerous projectiles and cause system.
an unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is injury if the front air bags inflate.
. Do not make unauthorized changes classification sensor. inform the buyer about the front air bag system
to your vehicle’s electrical system, and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
. No unauthorized changes should be in this Owner’s Manual.
suspension system or front end made to any components or wiring
structure. This could affect proper of the seat belt system. This may
operation of the front air bag sys- affect the front air bag system.
tem. Tampering with the seat belt system
. Tampering with the supplemental may result in serious personal in-
air bag system may result in serious jury.
personal injury. Tampering includes . Work on and around the front air
changes to the steering wheel and bag system should be done by a
the instrument panel assembly by NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
placing material over the steering trical equipment should also be
wheel pad and above the instrument done by a NISSAN dealer. The
panel or by installing additional trim Supplemental Restraint System
material around the air bag system. (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
. Modifying or tampering with the be modified or disconnected. Un-
front passenger seat may result in authorized electrical test equipment
serious personal injury. For exam- and probing devices should not be
ple, do not change the front seats by used on the air bag system.
placing material on the seat cushion . A cracked windshield should be
or by installing additional trim ma- replaced immediately by a qualified
terial, such as seat covers, on the repair facility. A cracked windshield
seat that is not specifically designed could affect the function of the
to assure proper air bag operation. supplemental air bag system.
Additionally, do not stow any ob-
jects under the front passenger seat * The SRS wiring harness connectors are
or the seat cushion and seatback. yellow and orange for easy identification.
Such objects may interfere with the
proper operation of the occupant When selling your vehicle, we request that you
FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM- Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an
PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND indication of proper side air bag and curtain and
ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM- rollover air bag operation.
PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN- When the side air bags and curtain and rollover
TAL AIR BAG (Hardtop models) OR air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,
DOOR-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM- followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not
PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN- harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should
TAL AIR BAG (CrossCabriolet models) be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation
and choking. Those with a history of a breathing
SYSTEMS GUID-EB2F6895-6E81-4642-9F76-FC0B9A82DFD3
condition should get fresh air promptly.
The side air bags are located in the outside of
the seatback of the front seats. The curtain air Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,
bags are located in the side roof rails (Hardtop help to cushion the impact force on the chest
SSS0848 models) or upper side of the door trim (Cross- and pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtain
Cabriolet models). These systems are designed and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact
Hardtop models
to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the force to the heads of occupants in the front and
risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. rear outboard seating positions (Hardtop mod-
However, all of the information, cautions els) or the heads of the driver and front
and warnings in this manual still apply and passenger (CrossCabriolet models). They can
must be followed. The side air bags and help save lives and reduce serious injuries.
curtain and rollover air bags are designed to However, side air bags and curtain and rollover
inflate in higher severity side collisions, although air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries.
they may inflate if the forces in another type of Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags
collision are similar to those of a higher severity do not provide restraint to the lower body.
side impact. They are designed to inflate on the The seat belts should be correctly worn and the
side where the vehicle is impacted. They may driver and passenger seated upright as far as
not inflate in certain side collisions. Curtain and practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat
rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in passengers should be seated as far away as
SSS0982 certain types of rollover collisions or near practical from the door finishers and side roof
CrossCabriolet moldels rollovers. rails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover
air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect . Right after inflation, several side air . Work around and on the side air bag
the occupants. Because of this, the force of the bag and curtain and rollover air bag and curtain and rollover air bag
side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags system components will be hot. Do systems should be done by a
inflating can increase the risk of injury if the not touch them; you may severely NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-
occupant is too close to, or is against, these air burn yourself. trical equipment should also be
bag modules during inflation. In a rollover, the done by a NISSAN dealer. The
curtain and rollover air bags on both sides are . No unauthorized changes should be
made to any components or wiring Supplemental Restraint System
designed to inflate. Under both side-impact and (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not
rollover situations, the curtain air bags will of this side air bag and curtain and
rollover air bags. This is to prevent be modified or disconnected. Un-
remain inflated for a short period of time. authorized electrical test equipment
damage to or accidental inflation of
The side air bags and curtain and rollover the side-impact air bag and curtain and probing devices should not be
air bags operate only when the ignition side-impact and rollover air bag used on the side air bag and curtain
switch is in the ON position. systems. and rollover air bag systems.
After pushing the ignition switch to the ON . Do not make unauthorized changes
position, the supplemental air bag warning * The SRS wiring harness connectors are
to your vehicle’s electrical system,
light illuminates. The supplemental air bag yellow and orange for easy identification.
suspension system, door panel,
warning light will turn off after about 7 door trim, or side panel. This could When selling your vehicle, we request that you
seconds if the systems are operational. affect proper operation of the side inform the buyer about the side air bag and
air bag and curtain and rollover air curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide
WARNING bag systems. the buyer to the appropriate sections in this
. Tampering with the supplemental Owner’s Manual.
. Do not place any objects near the air bag system may result in serious SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS
seatback of the front seats. Also, do personal injury. For example, do not (front seats) GUID-3B87B5A0-4336-4C99-89BF-22D756A42161
not place any objects (an umbrella, change the front seats by placing
bag, etc.) between the front door material near the seatbacks or by
finisher and the front seat. Such installing additional trim material, WARNING
objects may become dangerous such as seat covers, around the side
projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag. . The pretensioners cannot be reused
air bag inflates. after activation. They must be re-
placed together with the retractor Service Manual. Incorrect disposal by a NISSAN dealer.
and buckle as a unit. procedures could cause personal When selling your vehicle, we request that you
. If the vehicle becomes involved in a injury. inform the buyer about the pretensioner system
collision but a pretensioner is not and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections
activated, be sure to have the pre- The pretensioner system may activate with the in this Owner’s Manual.
tensioner system checked and, if supplemental air bag system in certain types of
necessary, replaced by a NISSAN collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, it
dealer. helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle
becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
. No unauthorized changes should be
helping to restrain front seat occupants.
made to any components or wiring
of the pretensioner system. This is The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt
to prevent damage to or accidental retractor. These seat belts are used the same
activation of the pretensioners. way as conventional seat belts.
Tampering with the pretensioner When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-
system may result in serious perso- leased and a loud noise may be heard. The
nal injury. smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a
. Work around and on the preten- fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it
sioner system should be done by a may cause irritation and choking. Those with a
NISSAN dealer. Installation of elec- history of a breathing condition should get fresh
trical equipment should also be air promptly.
done by a NISSAN dealer. Un- After pretensioner activation, load limiters allow
authorized electrical test equipment the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
and probing devices should not be reduce forces against the chest.
used on the pretensioner system. The supplemental air bag warning light is
. If you need to dispose of a preten- used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner
sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a system. (See “Supplemental air bag warning
NISSAN dealer. Correct preten- light” later in this section for more details.) If the
sioner disposal procedures are set supplemental air bag warning light indicates
forth in the appropriate NISSAN there is a malfunction, have the system checked
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61
WARNING
SSS1016 SPA1097
If the supplemental air bag warning
SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING light is on, it could mean that the air
LABELS GUID-903148F5-C14E-43FA-AED1-8BBDAE796F82
LIGHT GUID-51E691C0-0E01-4640-9FB4-F2F56D4D2B94 bags and/or pretensioner systems will
Warning labels about the supplemental front- The supplemental air bag warning light, display- not operate in an accident. To help
impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle ing in the instrument panel, monitors the avoid injury to yourself or others, have
as shown in the illustration. circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioners your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
and all related wiring. dealer as soon as possible.
SRS air bag GUID-7BC8FADF-7E78-40A4-B77A-006F326840B9
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
The warning labels * 1 are located on the
the supplemental air bag warning light illumi- REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-
surface of the sun visors.
nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. CEDURE GUID-BE097191-F8D3-4AAC-850E-F3F16831D6C5
This means the SRS air bag systems are The front air bags, side air bags, curtain and
operational. rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed
If any of the following conditions occur, the air to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
bags and/or pretensioner systems need servi- reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-
cing: tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated
after inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-
1-62 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system
ment of these systems should be done only by a end or side portion of the vehicle.
NISSAN dealer.
. If you need to dispose of a supple-
When maintenance work is required on the mental air bag or pretensioner sys-
vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact a
and rollover air bags and pretensioners and NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-
related parts should be pointed out to the tal air bag and pretensioner system
person performing the maintenance. The ignition disposal procedures are set forth in
switch should always be in the LOCK position the appropriate NISSAN Service
when working under the hood or inside the Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-
vehicle. dures could cause personal injury.
WARNING
SSS1178
. Once a front air bag, side air bag or
curtain and rollover air bag has DUAL POP-UP ROLL BAR SYSTEM
inflated, the air bag module will (CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-94609B65-694A-4C47-A779-9B5BB5581CB7
not function again and must be The dual pop-up roll bars are designed to
replaced. Additionally, the activated deploy only during rollover collisions. The dual
pretensioners must also be re- pop-up roll bars are located behind the rear
placed. The air bag module and seatback and deploy when the Air bag Control
pretensioner system should be re- Unit (ACU) judges that the vehicle will overturn.
placed by a NISSAN dealer. The air The dual pop-up roll bars, with proper seat belt
bag modules and pretensioner sys- usage, help preserve occupant headroom in a
tem cannot be repaired. rollover collision and can help reduce the risk of
. The front air bag, side air bag and occupant injury.
curtain and rollover air bag systems,
and pretensioner system should be
inspected by a NISSAN dealer if
there is any damage to the front
Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63
Cockpit ........................................................................................
... 2-3 Rear window wiper and washer switch
>
Instrument panel ........................................................................
... 2-4 (Hardtop models) ..................................................................
... 2-34
Meters and gauges ...................................................................
... 2-5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch ....... ... 2-35
Speedometer and odometer ............................................
... 2-6 Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................
... 2-36
Tachometer ...........................................................................
... 2-7 Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................ ... 2-36
Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................
... 2-7 Headlight switch ............................................................
... 2-36
Fuel gauge ............................................................................
... 2-8 Turn signal switch ..........................................................
... 2-39
Compass (if so equipped) ......................................................
... 2-8 Fog light switch (if so equipped) ..............................
... 2-39
Zone variation change procedure ................................
... 2-10 Hazard warning flasher switch ...........................................
... 2-40
Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............ ... 2-11 Horn ..........................................................................................
... 2-40
Checking bulbs .................................................................
... 2-12 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ......................... ... 2-41
Warning lights ...................................................................
... 2-12 Heated seats (if so equipped) ...........................................
... 2-41
Indicator lights ...................................................................
... 2-16 Clock ........................................................................................
... 2-43
Audible reminders ............................................................
... 2-19 Models with color display ............................................
... 2-43
Dot matrix liquid crystal display ..........................................
... 2-19 Models without color display ......................................
... 2-43
Indicators for operation ...................................................
... 2-20 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch ................. ... 2-44
Indicators for maintenance .............................................
... 2-23 Power outlet ............................................................................
... 2-44
Trip computer ....................................................................
... 2-24 Cigarette lighter and ashtray (if so equipped) .............. ... 2-45
Security systems ....................................................................
... 2-28 Storage ....................................................................................
... 2-46
Vehicle security system (if so equipped) ................... ... 2-29 Cup holders .....................................................................
... 2-46
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System .......................... ... 2-30 Sunglasses holder (Hardtop models) ....................... ... 2-47
Windshield wiper and washer switch ...............................
... 2-31 Glove box .........................................................................
... 2-48
Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if so equipped) ..... ... 2-33 Console box ....................................................................
... 2-49
COCKPIT
GUID-06B56D4D-A0AA-4178-A121-A31F959AC846
Cabriolet models)
10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)
or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabriolet mod-
els)
12. Fuel-filler door opener switch
13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*
14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*
15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*
— Audio control*
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models with navigation system)*
— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-
trol (models without navigation system)*
16. Steering wheel
— Horn
— Driver supplemental air bag
— Power steering system
17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)
— Cruise control switches
18. Center-console mounted controls
— Heated seat switches*
SSI0838
— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*
1. Heated steering wheel switch* — Fog light* (Hardtop models)
2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) or 5. Trip computer switch — Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet
trunk lid release switch (CrossCabriolet models) models)
6. TRIP/RESET switch
3. Instrument brightness control switch 7. Wiper and washer switch *: if so equipped
4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch 8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch
— Headlight 9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models) or
— Turn signal light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (Cross-
INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-73174318-E521-4B16-8B9D-A3A74ECB1262
(models without navigation system)
7. Hazard warning flasher switch
8. Front passenger supplemental air bag
9. Hood release handle
10. Fuse box cover
11. Parking brake
12. Intelligent Key port
13. Audio system
— Clock*
14. Front passenger air bag status light
15. Power outlet
16. Rear window and outside mirror* defroster
switch
17. Heater/air conditioner control or Audio system
18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-
Cabriolet models)
19. Glove box
*: if so equipped
**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-
er’s Manual (if so equipped).
SSI0839
SSI0816
JVI0252X SIC4699
Speedometer Odometer/twin trip odometer
SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
GUID-A5312850-B162-4691-B245-BFE52CFF92CD Odometer/twin trip odometer
GUID-8971DF72-32A1-467A-9B68-200871A5DCCC
JVI0253X SIC4690
TACHOMETER
GUID-D6E06D01-68FC-46F3-83E0-465A7D80EEAA
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE GUID-5D79A6DB-7B0E-48CD-B3D5-38EB0D89F9F4
revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-
engine into the red zone * 1 . perature.
The engine coolant temperature is within the
CAUTION normal range when the gauge needle points
within the zone *
1 shown in the illustration.
When engine speed approaches the red The engine coolant temperature varies with the
zone, shift to a higher gear or reduce outside air temperature and driving conditions.
engine speed. Operating the engine in
the red zone may cause serious engine
damage. CAUTION
If the gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature near the hot (H) end of the
Instruments and controls 2-7
CAUTION
. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the
malfunction indicator light (MIL)
may come on. Refuel as soon as
possible. After a few driving trips,
the light should turn off. If the
light remains on after a few driving
SIC4691 trips, have the vehicle inspected by SIC3181
a NISSAN dealer.
FUEL GAUGE When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
GUID-7C88D297-60D4-4310-84BB-E1EC1735E409 . For additional information, see position, the compass display * B will indicate
The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
in the tank. the direction of the vehicle’s heading.
later in this section.
The gauge may move slightly during braking,
turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.
The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the
ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.
Refill the fuel tank before the gauge
registers “E” (Empty).
NOS1741
The low fuel warning appears on the dot
matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level in If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compass
the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at
convenient, preferably before the gauge reaches less than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can also
“E”. There will be a small reserve of fuel in the calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle
SIC0611B
Zone map
ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE- pass point when the vehicle moves to an
DURE area where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)
GUID-0E831674-32EA-49CF-AB30-0F9EEEB78E33
The difference between magnetic north and
geographical north is known as variance. In CAUTION
some areas, this difference can sometimes be
great enough to cause false compass readings. . Do not install a ski rack, antenna,
Follow these instructions to set the variance for etc., which are attached to the
your particular location if this happens: vehicle by means of a magnet. They
1. Push the switch for more than 3 affect the operation of the compass.
seconds. The current zone number will . When cleaning the mirror, use a
appear in the display. paper towel or similar material
2. Find your current location and variance dampened with glass cleaner. Do
number on the zone map. not spray glass cleaner directly on
NOTE: the mirror as it may cause the liquid
Use zone number 5 for Hawaii. cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
3. Push the switch repeatedly until the
new zone number appears in the display,
then release the switch. After you release
the switch, the display will show a compass
direction within a few seconds.
. If the compass deviates from the correct
indication soon after repeated adjust-
ment, have the compass checked at a
NISSAN dealer.
. The compass may not indicate the
correct compass point in tunnels or while
driving up or down a steep hill.
(The compass returns to the correct com-
CHECKING BULBS
GUID-B5546604-D327-4511-B24A-C4F4615F5F1F
WARNING LIGHTS
GUID-39AE13E8-806F-40A7-8C69-3AF4A1790761 malfunctioning. If the warning
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light turns off, you can drive
and push the ignition switch to the ON position again.
light (AWD models)
without starting the engine. The following lights GUID-2C7F9D36-036A-4856-8580-AE4D2A3CACAA
The light comes on when the ignition switch is — blinks slowly (about once every
will come on (if so equipped):
pushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engine 2 seconds):
, or , , , , , is started. Pull off the road in a safe area,
The following lights come on briefly and then go If the AWD system malfunctions, or the diameter and idle the engine. Check that
off (if so equipped): of the front and the rear wheels are different, the all tire sizes are the same, tire
, or , , , , , , warning light will either remain illuminated or pressure is correct and tires are
blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. not worn.
If any light does not come on, it may indicate a Starting and driving” section.) . If the warning light is still on after
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the the above operations, have your
electrical system. Have the system checked by vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
a NISSAN dealer.
CAUTION as soon as possible.
Some indicators and warnings are also dis- . If the warning light comes on while
played on the dot matrix crystal display on the driving there may be a malfunction or Anti-lock Braking System
speedometer. (See “Dot matrix liquid crystal in the AWD system. Reduce the (ABS) warning light
GUID-06CAAC80-C465-4A21-9EB7-C024333BA100
display” later in this section.) vehicle speed and have your vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
checked by a NISSAN dealer as the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning
soon as possible. light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates
. If the AWD warning light blinks the ABS is operational.
when you are driving: If the ABS warning light illuminates while the
— blinks rapidly (about twice a engine is running, or while driving, it may
second): indicate the ABS is not functioning properly.
Pull off the road in a safe area, Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.
and idle the engine. The driving If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock
mode will change to 2WD to function is turned off. The brake system then
prevent the AWD system from operates normally, but without anti-lock assis-
2-12 Instruments and controls
tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Starting the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the ChargeGUID-69B03338-0451-441C-B766-BECF7DE9BC90
warning light
and driving” section.) brake system checked, and if necessary re- If the light comes on while the engine is running,
paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See it may indicate the charging system is not
or Brake warning light
GUID-4A67DFC2-D59E-4197-BAD5-168A3CE40A7E “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” functioning properly. Turn the engine off and
This light functions for both the parking brake earlier in this section.) check the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,
and the foot brake systems.
broken, missing or if the light remains on, see a
Parking brakeGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
indicator: NISSAN dealer immediately.
WARNING
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the light comes on when the parking brake is . Your brake system may not be
applied.
CAUTION
working properly if the warning light
Low brake fluid warning light: is on. Driving could be dangerous. If Do not continue driving if the alternator
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
you judge it to be safe, drive care- belt is loose, broken or missing.
When the ignition switch is in the ON position,
fully to the nearest service station
the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the
for repairs. Otherwise, have your
light comes on while the engine is running with
vehicle towed because driving it EngineGUID-0AE5784C-961F-4FC8-BFAF-77A224D6D347
oil pressure warning light
the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle
could be dangerous. This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the
and perform the following:
. Pressing the brake pedal with the light flickers or comes on during normal driving,
1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine
engine stopped and/or low brake
as necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8. immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other
fluid level may increase your stop-
Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.) authorized repair shop.
ping distance and braking will re-
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the quire greater pedal effort as well as The engine oil pressure warning light is
warning system checked by a NISSAN pedal travel. not designed to indicate a low oil level.
dealer. Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See
. If the brake fluid level is below the
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning minimum or MIN mark on the brake “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-
indicator: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 fluid reservoir, do not drive until the yourself” section.)
When the parking brake is released and the brake system has been checked at a
brake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brake NISSAN dealer.
warning light and the Anti-lock Braking System
(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate
Instruments and controls 2-13
. If the light illuminates while driving, possible for tire replacement and/ . No key warning
avoid sudden steering maneuvers or or system resetting. . Low fuel warning
abrupt braking, reduce vehicle . Replacing tires with those not ori- . Low washer fluid warning
speed, pull off the road to a safe ginally specified by NISSAN could . Parking brake release warning
location and stop the vehicle as affect the proper operation of the . Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-
soon as possible. Driving with un- TPMS. els)
der-inflated tires may permanently . Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabriolet
damage the tires and increase the models)
likelihood of tire failure. Serious
CAUTION . Loose fuel cap warning
vehicle damage could occur and
may lead to an accident and could . Check tire pressure warning
result in serious personal injury. . The TPMS is not a substitute for the See “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” later in this
Check the tire pressure for all four regular tire pressure check. Be sure section.
tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the to check the tire pressure regularly.
Seat belt warning light
recommended COLD tire pressure . If the vehicle is being driven at GUID-956FC59D-0351-472F-8CD0-3356E0A21318
shown on the Tire and Loading speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 The light and chime remind you to fasten seat
Information label to turn the low km/h), the TPMS may not operate belts. The light illuminates whenever the ignition
tire pressure warning light OFF. If correctly. switch is pushed to the ON position, and will
the light still illuminates while driv- remain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt is
. Be sure to correctly install the fastened.
ing after adjusting the tire pressure, specified size of tires to the four
a tire may be flat. If you have a flat wheels. The seat belt warning light for the front
tire, replace it with a spare tire as passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not
soon as possible. fastened when the front passenger’s seat is
MasterGUID-6AB3A8A0-B446-4089-A66C-618A6659F580
warning light occupied. For approximately 5 seconds after the
. When a spare tire is mounted or a
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not When the ignition switch is in the ON position, ignition switch is in the ON position, the system
function and the low tire pressure the master warning light illuminates if any of the does not activate the warning light for the front
warning light will flash for approxi- following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid passenger.
mately 1 minute. The light will crystal display: See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
remain on after 1 minute. Contact belts and supplemental restraint system” section
your NISSAN dealer as soon as for precautions on seat belt usage.
Instruments and controls 2-15
pretensioners may not function properly. sion (CVT) position indicator light The front passenger air bag status light
GUID-0130F932-2380-4325-91F5-49DD5E3D8B5F
will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be
For additional information, see “Supplemental When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
OFF depending on how the front passenger
restraint system” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat position, the indicator shows the automatic
seat is being used.
belts and supplemental restraint system” sec- selector shift position. (See “Continuously Vari-
tion. able Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting and For front passenger air bag status light opera-
driving” section.) tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System
(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat
WARNING belts and supplemental restraint system” section
of this manual.
If the supplemental air bag warning
light is on, it could mean that the air
2-16 Instruments and controls
damage the emission control system. The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when
After a few driving trips, the light should the overdrive off mode is selected.
turn off if no other potential emission control To reduce or avoid emission control system
damage: For additional information, see “Continuously
system malfunction exists.
— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH Variable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting
If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and driving” section of this manual.
(72 km/h).
and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine
is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not — Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
ready for an emission control system inspection/ — Avoid steep uphill grades.
maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-
This light illuminates when the soft top is being running to prevent a discharged battery. The light flashes when the turn signal switch
operated or it is stopped before reaching a full lever or hazard switch is turned on.
open/close state. When the top is fully opened When the soft top is operating, if any of the
above conditions are discontinued or any of the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off
or closed, the light will turn off.
following conditions are met, the top will stop indicator light
GUID-CE6E8B94-E3C1-4EDD-B5CC-1AA8B731382A
The light blinks while the soft top is not fully
operating. The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic
opened or closed under the following condi-
. When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse) Control (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. This
tions:
position. indicates that the VDC system is not operating.
. When the vehicle is driven. When the VDC off indicator light and slip
. When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3
. When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse) indicator light come on with the VDC system
MPH (5 km/h) or more.
position. turned on, this light alerts the driver to the fact
. When the battery voltage is extremely low.
Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode is operat-
driving the vehicle. . When the temperature of the soft top ing, for example the VDC system may not be
system becomes extremely high. functioning properly. Have the system checked
The soft top can be moved with the soft top
Release the operating switch, and push it again by a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunction occurs in
operating switch only under all of the following
under the above conditions until the top is fully the system, the VDC system function will be
conditions:
opened or closed. The soft top indicator light will canceled but the vehicle is still driveable. For
. When the vehicle is stopped. turn off when the top operation is completely additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic
. When the ignition switch is ON. finished. Control (VDC) system” in the “5. Starting and
. When the trunk is closed. If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the driving” section of this manual.
. When the luggage cover is pulled out and ignition switch ON, it may indicate the electric
hooked so that the roof storage area is soft top control unit is not functioning properly.
2-18 Instruments and controls
AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-854CE725-BA1A-4800-8732-43382E89CE05
Seat belt warning chime
GUID-6CB52CBC-6585-437E-BC4E-959C5BB57A7B
Key reminderGUID-03B79EB0-07EF-4F48-9DFC-C531CF03B6F2
chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds
unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened.
A chime will sound if the driver side door is
opened while the ignition switch is pushed to Brake pad wear warning
GUID-A531CD6C-63DF-4083-A7B6-FC8F79CA75A0
the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-
LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
Intelligent Key port. Make sure the ignition will make a high pitched scraping sound when
switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the first occur only when the brake pedal is
vehicle. depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
Light reminder chime the sound will always be heard even if the brake
GUID-7B425B53-6E2D-43C2-AE08-9F717545E029
pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
A chime will sound when the driver side door is JVI0254X
checked as soon as possible if the warning
opened with the light switch in the or
sound is heard.
position and the ignition switch in the ACC The dot matrix liquid crystal display * 1 is
or OFF position. located in the speedometer, and it displays,
the key operation information and other warn-
Turn the light switch off when you leave the
ings and information.
vehicle.
For the detail about the Intelligent Key System,
Parking brake reminder chime
GUID-16CE9E88-5960-4CAA-845D-8ACC44A8DB19 see “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-
The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at driving checks and adjustments” section.
more than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking
brake applied. Stop the vehicle and release the
parking brake.
SIC4741
This indicator means that the engine will start by If this indicator appears, push the push-button
ignition switch while lightly turning the steering
2-20 Instruments and controls
INDICATORSGUID-0A851647-6BB2-4E92-AEB5-E04319FCA2E4
FOR MAINTENANCE systems” section.)
1. Engine oilGUID-9CEF8B90-48A9-4FB5-BFD9-0CF43586EC4F
replacement indicator
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for changing the engine oil. You can set or reset
the distance for changing the engine oil. (See
“Trip computer” later in this section.)
2. Oil filter replacement indicator
GUID-C344252D-B1CB-46F2-AEAD-7C37EC262221
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for replacing the oil filter. You can set or reset
the distance for replacing the oil filter. (See “Trip
computer” later in this section.)
3. Tire replacement indicator
GUID-1A74526D-9B7C-43A3-95CF-62EFC05FBC61
This indicator appears when the set time comes
for replacing tires. You can set or reset the
distance for replacing tires. (See “Trip compu-
ter” later in this section.)
4. “OTHER” GUID-17015DA7-2755-4CAC-AF46-619CAF47DE9D
indicator
This indicator appears when the set time comes
SIC4237 for replacing items other than the engine oil, oil
filter and tires. You can set or reset the distance
for replacing the items. (See “Trip computer”
later in this section.)
More maintenance reminders are also available
on the center display. (See “How to use INFO
button” in the in the “4. Monitor, heater, air
conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition
SIC3580 JVI0251X
TRIP COMPUTER
GUID-F63231D7-123A-4BC6-844C-BA3C14A5C066 Current and average fuel consumption
Switches for the trip computer are located on (MPG, l (liter)/100 km)
GUID-C03B6A5C-9ED7-43A7-9BC4-010DAD1E69BD
the right side of the combination meter panel. To The current and average fuel consumption mode
operate the trip computer, push the side or front shows the current and average fuel consump-
of the switches as shown above. tion.
*
A switch
*
B switch
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, modes of the trip computer can be
selected by pushing the switch *
A .
SIC3674 SIC4701
Average fuel consumption (MPG, l/100 Elapsed time and trip odometer (miles or
km) and speed (MPH or km/h)
GUID-5567CAAC-37CB-49C0-8903-54489EC24183
km) GUID-FEA80D52-9DA7-4A2D-BD49-7619EBBECCF9
Fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Elapsed time: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The average fuel consumption mode shows the The elapsed time mode shows the time since
average fuel consumption since the last reset. the last reset. The displayed time can be reset
Resetting is done by pushing the switch * B by pushing the switch * B for longer than 1
for longer than 1 second. (The average speed is second. (The trip odometer is also reset at the
also reset at the same time.) same time.)
The display is updated every 30 seconds. At Trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, the The trip odometer mode shows the total
display shows “——”. distance the vehicle has been driven since the
Speed: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
last reset. Resetting is done by pushing the
The average speed mode shows the average switch * B for longer than 1 second. (The
vehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is elapsed time is also reset at the same time.)
Instruments and controls 2-25
SIC4702 SIC4703
ALERT: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
Alert menu can be set to notify the following select “BACK”.
items. OPTIONS: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. TIMER The 3 option menus can be set to your
Select this submenu to specify when the preference.
“TIMER” indicator activates. . LANGUAGE
. ICY Select this submenu to choose English,
Select this submenu to display the low French or Spanish for display.
outside temperature warning. . UNIT
To return to the top page of the setting mode, Select this submenu to choose the unit from
select “BACK”. MPG or l/100 km.
MAINTENANCE: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. EFFECTS
SIC3678
The maintenance intervals of the following items Select this menu to set the dial effects
Setting can be set or reset for the reminders. described below to on or off.
GUID-180A1674-9E9A-45F6-9ECF-354F636CDD00
. OIL — The indicator needles sweep in the
Setting cannot be made while driving. A
Select this submenu to set or reset the meters and the ring illumination will be
message “Setting can only be operated
distance for changing the engine oil. brightened gradually when the engine is
when stopped” is also displayed on the dot
started.
matrix crystal display. . FILTER
To return to the top page of the setting mode,
The switch * and
A switch * are B Select this submenu to set or reset the
select “BACK”.
used in the setting mode to select and decide a distance for replacing the oil filter.
menu. . TIRE
SKIP: Select this submenu to set or reset the
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
distance for replacing tires.
Push the switch * A to move to the warning
check mode. . OTHER
Select this submenu and set or reset the
Push the switch *
B to select other menus.
distance for replacing items other than the
engine oil, oil filter and tires.
SECURITY SYSTEMS
GUID-5B8EE3AC-B3AC-45D4-BF38-6AC7583B2D4C
SIC3993 SIC2133
VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if so 5. Confirm that the security indicator light * A
equipped) GUID-3A2129E5-3F98-44E7-8D33-56C1DC801E7A comes on. The security indicator light stays
The vehicle security system provides visual and on for about 30 seconds. The vehicle
audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors security system is now pre-armed. After
or lift gate/trunk when the system is armed. It is about 30 seconds the vehicle security
not, however, a motion detection type system system automatically shifts into the armed
that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a phase. The security light begins to flash
vibration occurs. once every approximately 3 seconds. If,
during this 30-second pre-arm time period,
The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch is
prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior pushed to ACC or ON, the system will not
or exterior vehicle components in all situations. arm.
Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a
brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, Even when the driver and/or passengers
SIC1699A are in the vehicle, the system will activate
and always lock it when unattended. Be aware
of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit with all doors and lift gate/trunk locked
How to arm GUID-E45D0EB0-DDEE-43F9-BCF5-4FFD6F801B10
the vehicle security system with the ignition switch in the LOCK
areas whenever possible.
1. Close all windows. position. When pushing the ignition switch
Many devices offering additional protection, to the ACC or ON position, the system will
The system can be armed even if the
such as component locks, identification markers, be released.
windows are open.
and tracking systems, are available at auto
supply stores and specialty shops. Your 2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position. Vehicle security system activation
GUID-D932FA41-7646-4669-AA61-035AB796F12C
NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment. 3. Carry the Intelligent Key. The vehicle security system will give the follow-
Check with your insurance company to see if 4. Close all doors and lift gate/trunk. Lock all ing alarm:
you may be eligible for discounts for various door. The doors can be locked with: . The headlights blink and the horn sounds
theft protection features. . the lock button on the Intelligent Key intermittently.
. any request switch . The alarm automatically turns off after
. the power door lock switch approximately 1 minute. However, the alarm
. the key — master or mechanical reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with
again.
The alarm is activated by: interference, and (2) this device must
. Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate/ accept any interference received, including
trunk without using the button on the interference that may cause undesired
Intelligent Key, the request switch or the operation.
key. (Even if the door is opened by releasing Note: Changes or modifications not ex-
the door inside lock knob, the alarm will pressly approved by the party responsible
activate.) for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
How to stopGUID-3A47058D-D66F-43FA-8D5B-CE27C3B3E4A6
an activated alarm
For Canada:
The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by
pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent This device complies with RSS-210 of
Key, pushing the request switch or using the key. Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is the following two conditions:
placed in the ACC or ON position. (1) this device may not cause interference, SIC1699A
If the system does not operate as de- and (2) this device must accept any inter-
scribed above, have it checked by a ference, including interference that may Security indicator light
GUID-DBC33161-BF46-4EE3-8435-AB868C640CC4
NISSAN dealer. cause undesired operation of the device. The security indicator light *
A indicates the
status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer
NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- System.
TEM GUID-140A6D7E-5E78-4398-9FB4-FDC469E689FE
The light blinks after the ignition switch was in
The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not the ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This function
allow the engine to start without the use of the indicates the security systems equipped on the
registered key. Never leave these keys in the vehicle are operational.
vehicle.
If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is
For USA: malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the
This device complies with Part 15 of the ignition switch is in the ON position.
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the If the light still remains on and/or the
following two conditions: engine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer
(1) This device may not cause harmful for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System
2-30 Instruments and controls
service as soon as possible. Please bring reservoir tank. Do not use the
all registered keys that you have when WARNING window washer reservoir tank to
visiting a NISSAN dealer for service. mix the washer fluid concentrate
In freezing temperatures the washer and water.
solution may freeze on the windshield
and obscure your vision which may lead
to an accident. Warm windshield with
the defroster before you wash the
windshield.
CAUTION
. Do not operate the washer continu-
ously for more than 30 seconds.
. Do not operate the washer if the
reservoir tank is empty.
. Do not fill the window washer
reservoir tank with washer fluid
concentrates at full strength. Some
methyl alcohol based washer fluid
concentrates may permanently stain
the grille if spilled while filling the
window washer reservoir tank.
. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates
with water to the manufacturer’s
recommended levels before pouring
the fluid into the window washer
SIC3664 SIC3922
Type A Type C
The windshield wiper and washer operates
when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the
following speed:
*
1 INT (Type A or Type C) — intermittent operation
can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A*
*
(Slower) or B (Faster).
*
1 AUTO (Type B) — For models with the rain-
sensing auto wiper system, see “Rain-sensing
auto wiper system” later in this section.
*
2 LO — continuous low speed operation
*
3 HI — continuous high speed operation
Push the lever up *4 (MIST) to have one sweep
SIC4395 operation of the wiper.
Type B
Pull the lever toward you *
5 to operate the
2-32 Instruments and controls
The rear window wiper and washer operate To defog/defrost the rear window glass and
when the ignition switch is in the ON position. outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine
Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position and push the switch * 1 on. The indicator light
to operate the wiper. *2 will come on. Push the switch again to turn
the defroster off.
*
1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not
adjustable) It will automatically turn off in approximately 15
*
2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation minutes.
Push the switch forward * 3 to operate the
washer. Then the wiper will also operate several
times.
CAUTION
. When cleaning the inner side of the
rear window, be careful not to
SIC3584 scratch or damage the rear window
Type A defroster.
. Do not use the rear window defros-
ter switch while the soft top is being
operated or fully opened. The heat
may damage the soft top material
and/or components (CrossCabriolet
models).
SIC3667
Type B
For automatic headlights off delay setting, see Be sure not to put anything on top of the
Autolight system (if so equipped)
GUID-8905665A-6EF0-4112-A643-8A502F17847E “Light Off Delay”. in the “4. Monitor, heater, air photo sensor * A located on the top of the
The autolight system allows the headlights to be conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition instrument panel. The photo sensor con-
set so they turn on and off automatically. systems” section. trols the autolight; if it is covered, the
To set the autolight system: photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the
1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the headlights will illuminate.
AUTO position *
1 .
Battery saverGUID-A19290B7-AD6C-4095-AB12-FAB3BC8E2D05
system headlights turn off automatically.
A chime will sound when the driver side door is
opened with the light switch in the or
Daytime running light system (Canada
position and the ignition switch in the
only)
ACC, OFF or LOCK position. GUID-297966B1-EC0F-457B-84B2-00A3EEA09CA5
The daytime running lights automatically illumi-
When the headlight switch is in the or
nate when the engine is started with the parking
position while the ignition switch is in the ON
brake released. The daytime running lights
position, the lights will automatically turn off 5
operate with the headlight switch in the OFF
minutes after the ignition switch has been
position or in the position. Turn the head-
pushed to the OFF position.
light switch to the position for full illumina-
When the headlight switch remains in the tion when driving at night.
or position after the lights automatically turn
If the parking brake is applied before the engine
SIC3670 off, the lights will turn on when the ignition
is started, the daytime running lights do not
switch is pushed to the ON position.
illuminate. The daytime running lights illuminate
Headlight beam select
GUID-2ADBA756-362E-41D6-9A9B-2AF1DAC13669 once the parking brake is released. The daytime
*
1 To select the low beam, put the lever in the
CAUTION running lights will remain on until the ignition
neutral position as shown.
switch is pushed to the OFF position.
*
2 To select the high beam, push the lever forward
. When you turn on the headlight
while the switch is in the position. Pull it
switch again after the lights auto-
back to select the low beam. WARNING
*
3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the matically turn off, the lights will not
headlight high beam even when the headlight turn off automatically. Be sure to When the daytime running light system
switch is in the OFF position. turn the light switch to the OFF is active, tail lights on your vehicle are
position when you leave the vehicle not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on
for extended periods of time, other- your headlights. Failure to do so could
wise the battery will be discharged. cause an accident injuring yourself and
. Never leave the light switch on others.
when the engine is not running for
extended periods of time even if the
SIC2574 SIC3586
Push the switch on to warn other drivers when To sound the horn, push the pad area *
A of the
you must stop or park under emergency condi- steering wheel.
tions. All turn signal lights will flash.
WARNING
WARNING
Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so
. If stopping for an emergency, be could affect proper operation of the
sure to move the vehicle well off the supplemental front air bag system.
road. Tampering with the supplemental front
. Do not use the hazard warning air bag system may result in serious
flashers while moving on the high- personal injury.
way unless unusual circumstances
force you to drive so slowly that
your vehicle might become a hazard
to other traffic.
2-40 Instruments and controls
SIC4401 CAUTION
The heated steering wheel system is designed . The battery could run down if the
to operate only when the surface temperature of seat heater is operated while the
the steering wheel is below 688F (208C). engine is not running.
Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm . Do not use the seat heater for
the steering wheel after the engine starts. The extended periods or when no one
indicator light *
1 on the switch will illuminate. is using the seat.
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel . Do not put anything on the seat
is below 688F (208C), the system will heat the which insulates heat, such as a
steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.
temperature above 688F (208C). The indicator Otherwise, the seat may become
light will remain on as long as the system is on. overheated.
Push the switch again to turn the heated . Do not place anything hard or heavy
steering wheel system off manually. The indica- on the seat or pierce it with a pin or
tor light will turn off. similar object. This may result in
SIC2770
CLOCK
GUID-53AD618D-9089-48A6-866B-1B418BEC8B62
MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAY
GUID-9BC2B067-0CB2-4D68-A1A5-7BFFBFAD895C
4. Turn the AUDIO knob *
2 to adjust minutes.
To adjust the clock on the front color display, use 5. Push the CLOCK button *
1 or AUDIO
the SETTING button on the center multi- knob *
2 to enter.
function control panel. See “How to use The display will return to the regular clock
SETTING button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air display after 10 seconds.
conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition
systems” section. If the power supply is disconnected, the clock
will not indicate the correct time.
The clock settings display cannot be operated
while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place Readjust the time.
and apply the parking brake before setting the
clock.
SIC3802
To use the power outlet, pull the cover as . When not in use, be sure to close
illustrated. the cap. Do not allow water to
contact the outlet.
CAUTION
. The outlet and plug may be hot
during or immediately after use.
. Do not use with accessories that
exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power
draw. Do not use double adapters or
more than one electrical accessory.
. Use power outlet with the engine
running to avoid discharging the SIC3588
vehicle battery. To open the ashtray lid, push the lid down and
. Avoid using power outlet when the release it *
1 .
air conditioner, headlights or rear To empty the ashtray, pull out *
2 .
window defroster is on.
The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition
. This power outlet is not designed switch is in the ON position.
for use with a cigarette lighter unit.
Push the lighter in all the way *3 , then release
. Push the plug in as far as it will go. it. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.
If good contact is not made, the plug Return the lighter to its original position after
may overheat or the internal tem- use.
perature fuse may open.
. Before inserting or disconnecting a
plug, be sure the electrical acces- CAUTION
sory being used is turned OFF.
. The cigarette lighter socket is a
power source for the cigarette light-
Instruments and controls 2-45
STORAGE
GUID-86E3CA2B-BC40-4857-A4C1-B3487E3BB786
Front GUID-B482EF25-AADD-4164-87B3-E8C8642A9631
To open the cup holder, push the lid *
1 .
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed
while driving to prevent an accident.
CAUTION
. Do not use for anything other than
glasses.
Instruments and controls 2-47
SIC3590
GLOVE BOXGUID-D5755917-EFBF-415E-AE59-B43411F701B6
WARNING
Keep glove box lid closed while driving
to help prevent injury in an accident or a
sudden stop.
SIC3654 SIC3591
Front Rear
CONSOLE BOX
GUID-5C4739C0-4DF5-44A9-B5FD-FBFAAABBD011 Rear (Hardtop models)
GUID-92205B1E-0645-4A20-A11C-FD29D6989A28
Front GUID-DD4ABB5A-EB54-4D5E-B3ED-627D92BFD082
To open, push the knob *
1 and pull out *
2 .
When the lever * A (driver’s seat side) is pulled,
the upper case is available for storing some
small items. When the lever * B (front passen-
ger’s seat side) is pulled, the bottom case is
available for storing some larger ones.
CAUTION
To avoid damage, do not load more
than 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the
SIC3594
SIC3595
To use the sub cover, hang the straps on the restraint top tether strap is da-
back of the headrest *
2 .
maged.
To stow the cargo cover, remove it from the — If the cargo cover contacts the
hooks and hold until it is retracted. top tether strap when it is at-
To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover and tached to the top tether anchor,
pull the left side of the holder to the opposite remove the cargo cover from the
side * 3 . vehicle or secure it on the cargo
floor below its attachment loca-
tion. If the cargo cover is not
WARNING removed, it may damage the top
tether strap during a collision.
. Never put anything on the cargo
cover, no matter how small. Any — Do not allow cargo to contact
object on it could cause an injury the top tether strap when it is
in an accident or sudden stop. attached to the top tether an-
chor. Properly secure the cargo
. Close the cargo cover when folding
so it does not contact the top
the rear seat.
tether strap. Cargo that is not
. Do not leave the cargo cover in the properly secured or that con-
vehicle with it disengaged from the tacts the top tether strap may
holder. damage the top tether strap
. Properly secure all cargo with ropes during a collision. SIC3596
or straps to help prevent it from
sliding or shifting. Do not place LUGGAGE HOOKS (Hardtop models)
GUID-A76D431E-5514-466D-8503-9352D8CBD662
cargo higher than the seatbacks. In
a sudden stop or collision, unse-
cured cargo could cause personal WARNING
injury.
. Always make sure that the cargo is
. Your child could be seriously injured properly secured. Use the suitable
or killed in a collision if the child ropes and hooks.
2-52 Instruments and controls
SIC4744
WINDOWS
GUID-F440431D-2466-4C69-98F0-4066DC360F6E
POWER WINDOWS
GUID-B224B039-2B26-4B2E-990E-61770AE48A00
WARNING
. Make sure that all passengers have
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle
while it is in motion and before
closing the windows. Use the win-
dow lock switch to prevent unex-
pected use of the power windows.
. Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could un-
SIC3505 knowingly activate switches or con- SIC3283A
trols and become trapped in the 1. Driver side window
COAT HOOKS (Hardtop models)
GUID-81FB43A8-33F0-4D0C-8696-020589E0AB14 window. Unattended children could 2. Front passenger side window
The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear become involved in serious acci- 3. Rear left passenger side window
personal lights. dents. 4. Rear right passenger side window
5. Window lock button
The power windows operate when the ignition
CAUTION switch is in the ON position or for about 45 Main power window switch (driver’s
seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to side)
Do not place items which are more than GUID-26DFB0BE-6989-43F9-8167-0F6C3694B624
the OFF position. If the driver’s or front To open or close the window, push down * A or
2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.
passenger’s door is opened during this period pull up * B the switch and hold it. The main
of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is switch (driver side switches) will open or close
canceled. all the windows.
The power window switches will be deactivated
during soft top operation (CrossCabriolet mod-
els).
SIC3336 SIC3285
Hardtop models
Passenger side power window switch
GUID-4D77BC1E-53A2-4A38-9A39-222E83528CCC
The passenger side switch will open or close
only the corresponding window. To open or
close the window, push down or pull up the
switch and hold it.
SIC4743
CrossCabriolet models
Automatic operation
GUID-3B0158AA-9687-4021-B3A8-12225F5D2198
switches (driver’s side) are pushed down or Automatic window lowering (CrossCab-
The automatic function is available for the switch pulled up simultaneously, all four windows are riolet models)GUID-68431D2A-45C1-4082-9602-DC8E37328739
that has an mark on its surface. opened or closed. When the soft top operating switch is pressed,
To fully open or close the window, completely Auto reverse GUID-19580295-1D80-4877-93A6-203373FD0AB2
function the power windows will automatically be low-
push down or pull up the switch and release it; it ered completely. The windows do not rise
need not be held. The window will automatically automatically after the soft top open/close
open or close all the way. To stop the window, WARNING operation is completed. Use the power window
just push or lift the switch in the opposite switches to raise them.
direction. There are some small distances imme-
diately before the closed position which Automatic adjusting function (Cross-
A light push or pull on the switch will cause the cannot be detected. Make sure that all Cabriolet models)
GUID-2A57D8B8-D2B5-4017-A2B4-5D5758878B3A
window to open or close until the switch is passengers have their hands, etc., in-
released. side the vehicle before closing the
The rear window automatic operation is for the window.
CAUTION
opening function only (CrossCabriolet models).
When the battery cable is removed from
Simultaneous operation of all four win- If the control unit detects something caught in the battery terminal, do not close either
the window as it is closing, the window will be
dows (CrossCabriolet models) of the front doors. The automatic win-
GUID-F3222C8C-2BD6-4165-85A5-6DEB6C706AF6 immediately lowered. dow adjusting function will not work
The auto reverse function can be activated when and the side roof panel may be da-
WARNING the window is closed by automatic operation maged.
when the ignition switch is in the ON position or
There is a small distance just before the for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is The power window has an automatic adjusting
closed position that cannot be de- pushed to the OFF position. function. When the door is being opened, the
tected.
Depending on the environment or driving window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid
Make sure that all passengers have conditions, the auto reverse function may contact between the window and the top side
their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be activated if an impact or load similar to rail. When the door is closed, the window is
before closing the windows. something being caught in the window automatically raised slightly.
occurs. While the automatic adjusting function does not
When the driver’s and passenger’s door window work, the window will be controlled as follows:
Instruments and controls 2-57
. When the door is opened, the window AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN-
lowers for approximately 0.39 in (10 mm). WARNING SHADES GUID-3349AE79-1AF5-473F-9AB7-69A7957FBC85
. While the door is open, the window cannot The moonroof and sunshades only operates
be raised. . In an accident you could be thrown when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
from the vehicle through an open
If the windows do not close automatically
GUID-4DA9302E-1FB0-4884-925F-1A056E33BC0E moonroof. Always use seat belts
The automatic moonroof and sunshades are
If the power window automatic function (closing operational for about 45 seconds, even if the
and child restraints.
only) does not operate properly, perform the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or the driver’s door or the passenger’s door is
following procedure to initialize the power
extend any portion of their body out opened during this period of about 45 seconds,
window system.
of the moonroof opening while the power to the moonroof and sunshades is
1. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. vehicle is in motion or while the canceled.
2. Close the door and soft top (CrossCabriolet moonroof is closing.
models).
3. Open the window completely by operating
the power window switch. CAUTION
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
close the window, and then hold the switch . Remove water drops, snow, ice or
more than 3 seconds after the window is sand from the moonroof before
closed completely. opening.
5. Release the power window switch. Operate . Do not place any heavy object on
the window by the automatic function to the moonroof or surrounding area.
confirm the initialization is complete. . Do not push or pull on the sun-
6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other shade. Doing so can damage the
windows. sunshade.
If the power window automatic function does
not operate properly after performing the pro-
cedure above, have your vehicle checked by a
NISSAN dealer.
operation, push the moonroof switch to either of The auto reverse function can be activated when
the OPEN * 1 , CLOSE * 2 or UP * 5 position. the moonroof and sunshades are closed by
automatic operation when the ignition switch is
Tilting moonroof
GUID-5BCB6B6D-1017-4E94-B105-E837913634C6 in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after
To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroof the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
switch to the up position *
5 . position.
To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the If the moonroof and sunshades cannot be
up position * 5 or push the switch to the closed automatically when the auto reverse
CLOSE position * 2 . function activates due to a malfunction, push
When the moonroof is tilted up, push the and hold the switch to the CLOSE position *
2 .
moonroof switch to the second detent to the Depending on the environment or driving
CLOSE position *4 . The moonroof will tilt down conditions, the auto reverse function may
and the sunshades will close. be activated if an impact or load similar to
SIC3801
something being caught in the moonroof
Auto reverse GUID-07736A6E-057D-4405-B60A-86505A7F3C58
function
Sliding sunshade and moonroof occurs.
GUID-35ECC1C1-78E5-4B3C-860F-E718E2CD552D
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the
WARNING If the moonroof does not operate
GUID-55D929EA-1A05-47B0-9DBB-75466D80DB38
OPEN position * 1 , the front and rear sun- If the moonroof does not operate properly,
shades will fully open. When the switch is perform the following procedure to initialize the
There are some small distances imme-
pushed again, the moonroof will fully open. moonroof operation system.
diately before the closed position which
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the cannot be detected. Make sure that all 1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully by
CLOSE position * 2 , the moonroof will auto- passengers have their hands, etc., in- pushing the switch to the CLOSE position
matically close. Push the switch again, and the side the vehicle before closing the * 2 .
front and rear sunshades will close. moonroof. 2. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSE
When the moonroof switch is pushed to the position *
2 .
second detent to the OPEN * 3 or CLOSE * 4 If the control unit detects something caught in
3. Release the moonroof switch after the
position, both the sunshade and moonroof will the moonroof and sunshades when they are
moonroof or sunshade moves slightly to
open or close. closing, the moonroof will be immediately
the closed position.
To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the opened.
INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-396974CF-8D5C-4223-9393-BF5087FE27B2
SIC4238 SIC3250
MAP LIGHTS
GUID-EACC0B68-0B00-4B4C-B7BA-2C1E9F1879FC
PERSONALGUID-649CAF7C-2CCF-4E76-A1BD-9F34B3E94A95
LIGHTS (Hardtop models)
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on Rear GUID-0958BB58-F974-4165-8A79-D4E6DD15AACD
or off.
Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on
or off.
MOOD LIGHTS (Hardtop models) VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHTS (Hardtop models)
GUID-010F00F5-89B1-468A-B28C-562B74BD8B74 GUID-6E431C2A-BCAB-4ED8-9FA7-03F14AE124F0 GUID-AC16BAD8-F320-4304-996B-A0D05319728A
WARNING
. Do not use HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver with any garage door
opener that lacks safety stop and
Instruments and controls 2-63
PROGRAMMING HomeLink®
GUID-D8C5E61E-41B3-4673-B29E-956822CDD882
To program your HomeLink® Transceiver to
operate a garage door, gate, or entry door
opener, home or office lighting, you need to be
at the same location as the device. Note:
Garage door openers (manufactured after
1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-
gram a garage door opener equipped with
“rolling code protection”; you will need to use
a ladder to get up to the garage door opener
motor to be able to access the “smart or learn”
program button.
SIC3612 SIC3613
1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outer 3. Using both hands, simultaneously push and
HomeLink® buttons (to clear the memory) hold both the HomeLink® button you want to
until the indicator light *
A blinks (after 20 program and the hand-held transmitter
seconds). Release both buttons. button.
2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has
1 to 3 in (20 to 70 mm) away from the been completed.
HomeLink® surface. 4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator
light on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a
“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This could
take up to 90 seconds. When the indicator
light blinks rapidly, both buttons may be
released. The rapidly flashing light indicates
successful programming. To activate the
garage door or other programmed device,
push and hold the programmed HomeLink®
2-64 Instruments and controls
button - releasing when the device begins to HomeLink® button you’ve just programmed. NOTE:
activate. Push and release the HomeLink® button up If programming a garage door opener, etc.,
5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinks to three times to complete the training. it is advised to unplug the device during
rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid, 8. Your HomeLink® button should now be the “cycling” process to prevent possible
HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code” programmed. To program the remaining damage to the garage door opener com-
garage door opener signal. You will need to HomeLink® buttons for additional door or ponents.
proceed with the next steps to train gate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only. OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-
HomeLink®, completing the programming NOTE: SAL TRANSCEIVER
GUID-19BE850B-BBDC-470B-9850-DE6B57FF6B98
may require a ladder and another person HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-
Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to
for convenience. grammed) may now be used to activate the
“clear” all previously programmed
6. Push and release the program button HomeLink® buttons. garage door, etc. To operate, simply push the
located on the garage door opener’s motor appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal
If you have any questions or are having difficulty
to activate the “training mode”. This button is Transceiver button. The red indicator light will
programming your HomeLink® buttons, please
usually located near the antenna wire that illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.
refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.
hangs down from the motor. If the wire
homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515. PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-
originates from under a light lens, you will
PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA- SIS
need to remove the lens to access the GUID-0B904713-E37A-46A3-9A90-63FADE14E79C
training button. NADIAN CUSTOMERS If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-
GUID-8263D00C-5505-4CBD-9B5E-CB372155C17A
held transmitter information:
NOTE: Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required
Once you have pushed and released hand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after . replace the hand-held transmitter batteries
the training button on the garage door 2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans- with new batteries.
opener’s motor and the “training light” mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and hold . position the hand-held transmitter with its
is lit, you have 30 seconds in which to the HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4 battery area facing away from the
perform step 7. For convenience, use under “Programming HomeLink®”) while you HomeLink® surface.
the help of a second person to assist push and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-held . push and hold both the HomeLink® and
when performing this step. transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator hand-held transmitter buttons without inter-
7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing and light flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro- ruption.
releasing the garage door opener training gramming). . position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in
button) and firmly push and release the (50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®
surface. Hold the transmitter in that position 3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitter device must accept any interference that
for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not button. may be received, including interference
programmed within that time, try holding the 4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, first that may cause undesired operation.
transmitter in another position - keeping the slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator The transmitter has been tested and
indicator light in view at all times. light begins to flash rapidly, release both complies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.
If you continue to have programming difficulties, buttons. Changes or modifications not expressly
please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs approved by the party responsible for
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button
Department. The phone numbers are located in compliance could void the user’s authority
has now been reprogrammed. The new device
the Foreword of this Owner’s Manual. to operate the device.
can be activated by pushing the HomeLink®
CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- button that was just programmed. This proce- DOC: ISTC 1763K1313
FORMATIONGUID-8C1871E3-C252-465F-A399-47B1EB58E018 dure will not affect any other programmed FCC I.D.: CB2V67690
Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however to HomeLink® buttons.
clear all programming, push and hold the two IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN
GUID-464C8E7D-4693-445C-BEED-4B9B07479827
outside buttons and release when the indicator If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the
light begins to flash (in approximately 20 codes of any non-rolling code device that has
seconds). been programmed into HomeLink®. Consult the
REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Owner’s Manual of each device or call the
HomeLink® BUTTON
GUID-2BF52974-A0FA-4080-821F-2E188B5DC58B
manufacturer or dealer of those devices for
To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei- additional information.
ver button, complete the following. When your vehicle is recovered, you will
1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink ® need to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-
button. Do not release the button until step sal Transceiver with your new transmitter
4 has been completed. information.
2. When the indicator light begins to flash FCC Notice:
slowly (after 20 seconds), position the This device complies with FCC rules part
hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127 15. Operation is subject to the following
mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference and (2) This
Keys ..............................................................................................
... 3-3 Auto closure ....................................................................
... 3-24
Intelligent Key system .........................................................
... 3-3 Lift gate release ..............................................................
... 3-25
Mechanical key ....................................................................
... 3-4 Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................
... 3-25
Valet hand-off .......................................................................
... 3-5 Trunk lid release switch ................................................
... 3-25
Doors ............................................................................................
... 3-5 Trunk open request switch ..........................................
... 3-26
Locking with mechanical key ............................................
... 3-5 Trunk button ....................................................................
... 3-26
Opening and closing windows with the Opening with key ...........................................................
... 3-26
mechanical key .....................................................................
... 3-6 Trunk release power cancel switch .............................. 3-26
Locking with inside lock knob ..........................................
... 3-6 Interior trunk lid release ................................................
... 3-27
Locking with power door lock switch ............................ ... 3-7 Soft top (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................
... 3-28
Automatic door locks .........................................................
... 3-7 Before operating the top ..............................................
... 3-28
Child safety rear door lock (Hardtop models) ............. ... 3-8 When operating the top ...............................................
... 3-31
Intelligent Key system ..............................................................
... 3-8 Luggage cover ................................................................
... 3-32
Intelligent Key operating range .....................................
... 3-10 Soft top indicator light ..................................................
... 3-32
Door locks/unlocks precaution .....................................
... 3-10 Automatic window lowering ........................................
... 3-33
Intelligent Key operation .................................................
... 3-11 Opening the top .............................................................
... 3-33
Battery saver system .......................................................
... 3-14 Closing the top ...............................................................
... 3-34
Warning signals ................................................................
... 3-14 Opening the top using the intelligent key ............... ... 3-34
Troubleshooting guide .....................................................
... 3-15 Troubleshooting guide ..................................................
... 3-36
Remote keyless entry system .............................................
... 3-16 If the top does not open or close electrically ......... ... 3-37
How to use remote keyless entry system .................. ... 3-17 Care of the soft top and the vehicle body .............. ... 3-42
Hood ..........................................................................................
... 3-20 Fuel-filler door ........................................................................
... 3-42
Lift gate (Hardtop models) ..................................................
... 3-20 Opening fuel-filler door ................................................
... 3-42
Operating manual lift gate .............................................
... 3-21 Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................
... 3-43
Operating power lift gate (if so equipped) ............... ... 3-21
KEYS
GUID-32E91F93-1BF6-407D-9C4D-E11C706B93DC
A key number plate is supplied with your keys.
Record the key number and keep it in a safe
place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If
you lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for
duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN
does not record any key numbers so it is very
important to keep track of your key number plate.
A key number is only necessary when you have
lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate
from. If you still have a key, this key can be
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.
SPA2406 SPA2865
Type A Type C
1. Intelligent Key (2)
2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)
3. Key number plate (1)
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-64550E60-3C68-49DC-B450-6EF37FA5B9C2
Your vehicle can only be driven with the
Intelligent Keys which are registered to your
vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-
nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be
registered and used with one vehicle. The new
keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer
prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and
NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your
SPA2431 vehicle. Since the registration process requires
Type B erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3
nents when registering new keys, be sure to take — Do not change or modify the
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN Intelligent Key.
dealer.
— Do not use a magnet key holder.
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
CAUTION near an electric appliance such
as a television set, personal
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
computer or cellular phone.
with you when driving. The Intelli-
gent Key is a precision device with a — Do not allow the Intelligent Key
built-in transmitter. To avoid dama- to come into contact with water
ging it, please note the following. or salt water, and do not wash it
— The Intelligent Key is water in a washing machine. This
resistant; however, wetting may could affect the system function. SPA2033
damage the Intelligent Key. If . If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,
the Intelligent Key gets wet, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID MECHANICAL KEY
GUID-3D9FF77C-98B0-40A3-93C5-048839219F68
immediately wipe until it is com- code of that Intelligent Key. This will To remove the mechanical key, release the lock
pletely dry. prevent the Intelligent Key from knob at the back of the key.
— Do not bend, drop or strike it unauthorized use to unlock the To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into
against another object. vehicle. For information regarding the key until the lock knob returns to the lock
the erasing procedure, please con- position.
— If the outside temperature is tact a NISSAN dealer.
below 148F (−108C), the battery Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the
of the Intelligent Key may not doors and glove box, if they are equipped with a
function properly. key cylinder.
See “Doors” later in this section and “Storage”
— Do not place the Intelligent Key
in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.
for an extended period in a
place where temperatures ex-
ceed 1408F (608C).
DOORS
GUID-A6EDA02E-9855-47C0-A2E8-46DEBDFFD06C
CAUTION WARNING
Always carry the mechanical key in- . Always have the doors locked while
stalled in the key. driving. Along with the use of seat
belts, this provides greater safety in
VALET HAND-OFF the event of an accident by helping
GUID-EFC63B4C-0F15-4531-AA8B-ACA78CB96860
When you have to leave a key with a valet, give to prevent persons from being
them the Intelligent Key itself after removing the thrown from the vehicle. This also
mechanical key to protect your belongings. helps keep children and others from
unintentionally opening the doors,
To prevent the glove box or the trunk (Cross- and will help keep out intruders.
Cabriolet models) from being opened during
valet hand-off, follow the procedures below. . Before opening any door, always
SPA2432
look for and avoid oncoming traffic.
1. Push the trunk release power cancel switch
. Do not leave children unattended LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY
to the OFF side (CrossCabriolet models). GUID-E8E0764D-7E38-467C-AB80-1609CF8DDD47
inside the vehicle. They could un- The power door lock system allows you to lock
2. Remove the mechanical key from the In- knowingly activate switches or con- or unlock all doors simultaneously using the
telligent Key. trols. Unattended children could mechanical key.
3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key. become involved in serious acci-
dents. Hardtop models
4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keeping GUID-0BFF314E-455C-4A8A-9BCF-B9DF3F2390B1
the mechanical key in your pocket or bag. . Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the
Insert the mechanical key into the Intelligent front of the vehicle *1 will lock all doors.
Key when you retrieve your vehicle. . Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once
to the rear of the vehicle *2 will unlock the
See glove box and “Storage” in the “2. Instru-
driver’s door. After returning the key to the
ments and controls” section and “Trunk lid
neutral position * 3 , turning it to the rear
(CrossCabriolet models)” later in this section.
again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.
Crosscabriolet models
GUID-E42A3CA3-AD22-4044-A8E7-1CE5A91D11A8
key. (See “Remote keyless entry system” later in
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to the this section.)
rear of the vehicle * 2 will lock all doors. To close the windows, turn the driver’s door key
. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder once cylinder to lock for longer than 1 second. The
to the front of the vehicle *1 will unlock the door is locked and the window keeps closing
driver’s door. After returning the key to the while turning the key.
neutral position * 3 , turning it to the front
again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.
OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS To lock the door individually, move the inside
WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY lock knob to the lock position *
1 then close the
GUID-5CA6B107-CCEF-4728-83E6-1D0247152077
door.
The driver’s door key operation also allows you
to open and close the window that is equipped To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the
with the automatic open/close function. (See unlock position *
2 .
“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and When locking the door without Intelligent
controls” section). Key, be sure not to leave the Intelligent
To open the windows, turn the driver’s door key Key inside the vehicle.
cylinder to unlock for longer than 1 second.
The door is unlocked and the window keeps
opening while turning the key.
This function can also be performed by pushing
and holding the door UNLOCK button of the
3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
WARNING CAUTION
. Radio waves could adversely affect . Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key
electric medical equipment. Those with you when operating the vehi-
who use a pacemaker should con- cle.
tact the electric medical equipment . Never leave the Intelligent Key in
manufacturer for the possible influ- the vehicle when you leave the
ences before use. vehicle.
. The Intelligent Key transmits radio
waves when the buttons are The Intelligent Key is always communicating with
pushed. The FAA advises that radio the vehicle as it receives radio waves. The
waves may affect aircraft navigation Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio
SPA2433
and communication systems. Do not waves. Environmental conditions may interfere
CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK operate the Intelligent Key while on with the operation of the Intelligent Key system
(Hardtop models) an airplane. Make sure the buttons under the following operating conditions.
GUID-02E4EA0C-4602-4E41-993C-FC56ED415767
are not operated unintentionally . When operating near a location where
The child safety rear door lock helps prevent
when the unit is stored for a flight. strong radio waves are transmitted, such
doors from being opened accidentally, espe-
cially when small children are in the vehicle. as a TV tower, power station and broad-
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the casting station.
When the levers are in the lock position door (including the lift gate) and the trunk lid . When in possession of wireless equipment,
*1 , the rear doors can be opened only
locks using the remote controller function or such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,
from the outside. pushing the request switch on the vehicle and CB radio.
To disengage, move the levers to the unlock without taking the key out from a pocket or
. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or
position *
2 . purse. The operating environment and/or condi-
covered by metallic materials.
tions may affect the Intelligent Key system
operation. . When any type of radio wave remote control
is used nearby.
Be sure to read the following before using the
. When the Intelligent Key is placed near an
Intelligent Key system.
electric appliance such as a personal
3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2074 SPA2407
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING switches may not function. DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-
RANGE GUID-88C8AC60-C35F-4257-BFE7-BFFE13458197 When the Intelligent Key is within the operating TION GUID-F886F6E8-EB74-4F3A-823E-A3D70ED7F320
The Intelligent Key functions can only be used range, it is possible for anyone who does not . Do not push the door handle request switch
when the Intelligent Key is within the specified carry the Intelligent Key to push the request with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
operating range from the request switch * 1 . switch to lock/unlock the doors including the lift illustrated. The close distance to the door
When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or gate and open the trunk lid. handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
strong radio waves are present near the operat- to have difficulty recognizing that the In-
ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat- telligent Key is outside the vehicle.
ing range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent . After locking with the door handle request
Key may not function properly. switch, verify the doors are securely locked
by testing them.
The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)
from each request switch * 1 . . To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
inside the vehicle or the trunk, make sure you
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door carry the key with you and then lock the
glass, handle or rear bumper the request doors or the trunk.
3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2408 SPA2779
INTELLIGENTGUID-11F409E1-2083-4E3E-98C3-276AB17A6B02
KEY OPERATION
You can lock or unlock the doors without taking
the key out from your pocket or bag.
SPA2780
Hardtop models
When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you vehicle. inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed;
can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the the lock will automatically unlock and the door
handle request switch * A (driver’s or front vehicle, doors can be locked with another buzzer sounds.
passenger’s) or the lift gate request switch * B registered Intelligent Key.
NOTE:
within the range of operation.
The doors may not lock when the Intelli-
When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift CAUTION gent Key is in the same hand that is
gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and operating the request switch to lock the
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a . After locking the doors using the door. Put the intelligent key in a purse,
confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard request switch, make sure that the pocket or your other hand.
indicator and horn mode” later in this section. doors have been securely locked by
operating the door handles.
Locking doors
GUID-131EB795-ADF4-4035-8A9F-3856D80189ED CAUTION
. When locking the doors using the
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
request switch, make sure to have The lockout protection may not function
position, push the ignition switch to the OFF
the Intelligent Key in your posses- under the following conditions:
position and make sure you carry the
sion before operating the request
Intelligent Key with you.*1 . When the Intelligent Key is placed
switch to prevent the Intelligent Key
2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.*2 from being left in the vehicle. on top of the instrument panel.
3. Push the door handle request switch *A or . The request switch is operational . When the Intelligent Key is placed
lift gate request switch * B while carrying only when the Intelligent Key has inside the glove box or a storage
the Intelligent Key with you.*3 been detected by the Intelligent Key bin.
4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock. system. . When the Intelligent Key is placed
5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the inside the door pockets.
outside chime sounds twice. Lockout protection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 . When the Intelligent Key is placed
*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the To prevent the Intelligent Key from being on or under the spare tire area.
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout . When the Intelligent Key is placed
*2: Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key on the outer side of trunk area.
any door (including the lift gate) is open. system.
*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle
. When the Intelligent Key is placed
When the driver’s side door is open, the doors inside or near metallic materials.
request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the
are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is put
3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Unlocking doors
GUID-E389B864-2ED4-43A0-A072-CBA801BA714E
Power lift gate open (if so equipped)
GUID-C4223880-DBCA-4D91-ABF0-AFAF15DD1400
1. Push the door handle request switch * A or 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.
the lift gate request switch * B once while 2. Push the power lift gate opener switch *
C .
carrying the Intelligent Key with you.
3. The lift gate will unlock and automatically
2. The hazard indicator flashes once and the open.
outside chime sounds once. The corre-
4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the
sponding door or the lift gate will unlock.
outside chime sounds.
3. Push the request switch again within 1
To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate
minute.
button on the key, or power lift gate switch on
4. The hazard indicator flashes once and the the instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate.
outside chime sounds once again. All the (See “Lift gate (Hardtop models)” in the “3. Pre-
doors and the lift gate will unlock. driving checks and adjustments” section.)
SPA2866
All doors will be locked automatically unless one
CrossCabriolet models
of the following operations is performed within 1
minute after pushing the request switch while Opening trunk lid
GUID-A3A52D7E-A3C5-486E-B4E3-60918ECC8F87
the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time 1. Push the trunk open request switch *
D for
period, the request switch is pushed, all doors more than 1 second.
will be locked automatically after another 1 2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime will
minute. sound four times.
. Opening any door (including the lift gate) 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
. Pushing the ignition switch
Lockout protection:
. Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli- GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-E1D6756A-F1B8-472A-887B-B4B6682D8BDF
HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS 4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. All
ENTRY SYSTEM the doors and the lift gate will unlock.
GUID-C6C8F65F-3152-4763-BF0F-A4447FDA547F
When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift All doors will be locked automatically unless one
gate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash and of the following operations is performed within 1
the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a minute after pushing the UNLOCK button
confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard * 2 while the doors are locked. If during this 1-
indicator and horn mode” later in this section. minute time period, the UNLOCK button *2
is pushed, all doors will be locked automatically
Locking doors
GUID-8CBF74EB-4EC8-465A-B09B-2CA410A11EC0 after another 1 minute.
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) . Opening any door (including the lift gate) or
position and push the ignition switch to the trunk
OFF position. Make sure you carry the
. Pushing the ignition switch
Intelligent Key with you.*1
SPA2867
2. Close all the doors and lift gate.*2 Opening windows
GUID-A6DE3912-EF46-4CEA-887C-286260C70F8F
Type C
* The UNLOCK button *
2 operation also
*
1 LOCK button 3. Push the LOCK button 1 .
allows you to open the window that is equipped
*
2 UNLOCK button 4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.
with the automatic open/close function. (See
*
3 Power lift gate button (if so equipped) 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and the “Power windows” in the “2. Instruments and
*
4 PANIC button horn chirps once. controls” section).
*
5 TRUNK button (CrossCabriolet models)
*1: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in the
To open the windows, push the door UNLOCK
ACC or ON position.
button *2 for about 3 seconds after the
*2: Doors will not lock while any door is open.
door is unlocked.
Unlocking doors
GUID-07D2F8A3-E183-47DE-B2BB-5F0B2765BABE To stop opening, release the UNLOCK
1. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 once. button *
2 .
2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The Windows cannot be closed using the button on
driver’s door will unlock. the Intelligent Key.
3. Push the UNLOCK button *
2 again If the window open operation is stopped in mid-
within 1 minute. operation while pushing the UNLOCK
button * 2 , release and push the UNLOCK
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17
button *
2 again until the window opens Using panic GUID-0EEA2C46-8F73-4264-8914-B8CE095E8B5C
alarm Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
GUID-0B7C4602-8422-4E4E-A11F-E789553B0A3D
completely. If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn
The door windows can be opened or closed by you can activate the alarm according to the mode when you first receive the vehicle.
turning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See following procedure to call attention. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the
“Doors” earlier in this section.) 1. Push the PANIC button *
4 for more LOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazard
Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped) than 1 second. indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.
GUID-7A0EC3F3-A0FF-43A5-983C-6F30EE025AB4
2. The theft warning alarm will sound and the When the UNLOCK button *2 is pushed,
1. Push the power lift gate button *
3
the hazard indicator flashes once.
for more than 1 second. headlights will flash for 25 seconds.
3. The panic alarm stops under either of the If horns are not necessary, the system can be
2. The lift gate will automatically open.
following conditions. switched to the hazard indicator mode.
The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the
. It has run for 25 seconds, or In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK
outside chime sounds for approximately 3
. Any of the buttons is pushed. (Note: the button * 1 is pushed, the hazard indicator
seconds.
PANIC button * 4 should be flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button
To close the lift gate, push the power lift gate pushed for more than 1 second.) * 2 is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor
button * 3 . the horn operates.
The lift gate will automatically close. Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-
els)
If the power lift gate button *
3 is pushed GUID-87B7F82C-E682-4BF3-BE6B-52CC949856EB
while the lift gate is being opened or closed, the 1. Push the TRUNK button *5 on the
lift gate will reverse. Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.
The power lift gate button *3 cannot be 2. The trunk will unlatch.
operated when the ignition switch is in the ON 3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.
position.
NOS1695
WARNING
. Always be sure the lift gate has
been closed securely to prevent it
from opening while driving.
. Do not drive with the lift gate open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
SPA2437 . Do not leave children unattended
inside the vehicle. They could un-
1. Pull the hood lock release handle * 1 knowingly activate switches or con-
located below the instrument panel; the hood to fly open and result in an
trols. Unattended children could
accident.
hood will then spring up slightly. become involved in serious acci-
. If you see steam or smoke coming
2. Pull the lever *
2 up at the front of the hood dents.
with your fingertips and raise the hood. from the engine compartment, to
. Always be sure that hands and feet
avoid injury do not open the hood.
3. When closing the hood, slowly close the are clear of the door frame to avoid
hood down and make sure it locks into injury while closing the lift gate.
place.
WARNING
. Make sure the hood is completely
closed and latched before driving.
Failure to do so could cause the
3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
SPA2438 SPA2461
OPERATINGGUID-61A6DC11-5EF1-41BC-B25F-AD72BB5A5897
MANUAL LIFT GATE Power lift gate main switch
GUID-F5D61AAE-138A-4E73-8934-59B0837383B1
To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the The power lift gate operation can be turned on
opener switch *A . Pull up the lift gate to open. or off by the power lift gate main switch on the
The lift gate can be unlocked by: instrument panel.
. pushing the unlock button on the When the power lift gate main switch is pushed
Intelligent Key twice. to the “OFF” position, the power operation is not
. pushing the lift gate request switch (if so available by the power lift gate switch on the lift
equipped). gate and lift gate opener switch.
. pushing the door handle request switch
twice (if so equipped).
. pushing the power door lock switch to the
unlock position.
. inserting the mechanical key into the driver’s
door key cylinder and turning it to the rear of
SPA2439 SPA2463
The lift gate can be opened by the power
lift gate switch *
A or the lift gate button
*C even if the lift gate is locked.
The lift gate will individually unlock and
open. Once the lift gate is closed, its lock
will align to the vehicle’s lock or unlock
status.
Power closeGUID-E888CA90-E984-4CE2-975D-16E18CC2BCC1
When the lift gate is fully opened, the lift gate
will fully close automatically by:
. pushing the power lift gate switch * A on
the instrument panel
. pushing the power lift gate switch * D on
the lower part of the lift gate
SPA2462 SPA2440 . pushing the lift gate release button *C on
the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second
The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside mode. pushed during power open or close, the power
chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing. A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the operation will be canceled and the lift gate can
lift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinch be operated manually.
Reverse function
GUID-28EE2E95-2E6D-4231-A853-225C012F131B
sensor during power close, the lift gate will
The power lift gate will reverse immediately if
reverse and return to the full open position
one of the following actions is performed during
immediately.
power open or power close.
NOTE:
. pushing the power lift gate switch *
A on
the instrument panel If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,
the power close function will not operate.
. pushing the lift gate switch *
D on the lower
part of the lift gate
. pushing the lift gate button *
C on WARNING
the Intelligent Key.
The outside chime sounds when the lift gate There is a small distance immediately
starts to reverse. before the closed position that cannot
be detected. Make sure that all passen-
The power lift gate button * C on the
gers keep their hands, etc., clear from
Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the the lift gate opening before closing the
ignition switch is in the ON position. lift gate.
Auto reverse GUID-588A601D-27B2-48E9-8FDE-883DF425CE62
function
The auto-reverse function enables the lift gate to Manual modeGUID-2D066900-C91C-4239-8B7E-587EF875F5E6
automatically reverse when something is caught If power operation is not available, the lift gate
in the lift gate as it is opening or closing. When can be operated manually. Power operation may
the control unit detects an obstacle, the lift gate not be available if multiple obstacles have been
will reverse and return to the full open or full detected in a single power cycle or if the battery
close position. voltage is low. When the power lift gate main
If a second obstacle is detected, the lift gate switch is in the OFF position, the lift gate can be
motion will stop and the drive motor will opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener
disengage. The lift gate will enter the manual switch. If the power lift gate opener switch is
CAUTION CAUTION
. If the power lift gate does not stay . The lift gate will automatically close
open or if the lift gate unexpectedly from a partly open position. To avoid
closes at any time, do not operate pinching, keep hands and fingers
the lift gate. There may be a pres- away from lift gate opening.
sure loss in one or both of the lift . Do not let children operate the lift
gate gas stays. Have the lift gate gate.
inspected by a NISSAN dealer.
. Do not activate the power lift gate if
one or both of the lift gate gas stays
are removed. Damage to the lift
SPA2464
gate or power lift gate mechanisms
may occur.
Safe Mode GUID-9161D00E-0361-4406-9899-CE4F57ECAF0B
If the gas stays of the lift gate *
1 lose pressure,
AUTO CLOSURE
GUID-7AD58A51-23F5-4099-B091-E857EB67A8A8
the power lift gate safe mode is activated. When
the safe mode is activated, the lift gate If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly open
intermittently closes. Then the lift gate will be position, the lift gate will pull itself to the closed
pulled to the closed and latched position by a position.
motor. Do not apply excessive force when the
The power lift gate cannot be opened using the auto closure is operating. Excessive force
switches at any time in the safe mode. applied may cause the mechanism to
malfunction.
Do not operate the lift gate again until it is
checked by a NISSAN dealer.
WARNING
. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.
This could allow dangerous exhaust
gases to be drawn into the vehicle.
See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-
ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”
section of this manual.
. Closely supervise children when
they are around cars to prevent
them from playing and becoming
locked in the trunk where they could
SPA1915 SPA2868
be seriously injured. Keep the car
LIFT GATE RELEASE locked, with the trunk closed, when TRUNK LID GUID-3E3F75C6-3DEC-4CB3-AB7F-5D7232A3354C
RELEASE SWITCH
GUID-1D614743-17EC-4673-B778-F929F5E10CB9
not in use, and prevent children’s
If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a
access to Intelligent Keys.
The trunk lid release switch *
A is located on
discharged battery, follow these steps. the instrument panel.
1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with To open the trunk lid, push the release switch
a suitable tool. down as illustrated. To close, push the trunk lid
2. Move the lever toward the direction *
A as down.
illustrated to open the lift gate.
Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.
SPA2870
WARNING
Closely supervise children when they
are around cars to prevent them from
playing and becoming locked in the
trunk where they could be seriously
injured. Keep the car locked, with the
trunk lid securely latched, when not in
use, and prevent children’s access to
Intelligent Keys.
Be sure to follow the operating instructions, and it while moving. The top operating
all the warnings and cautions in this section. system could also be damaged.
Improper operation of the top could cause . Do not operate the top when there
a system malfunction, damage, or dete- is not enough clearance behind the
rioration of the top material and related vehicle. Someone could become
parts. trapped between the top storage
lid and another object (for example
a wall) which could result in serious
injury.
. Do not operate the top in a strong
wind. It could be blown by the wind,
striking someone or damageing the
SPA2873 top.
. Do not allow anyone to stand up or
extend any portion of their body out
WARNING of the opening while the vehicle is in
motion or while the top is being
. Park the vehicle in a safe and level operated.
place and apply the parking brake.
. In an accident you could be thrown
. Make sure the parking area is clear from the vehicle with an open top.
of obstacles and there is enough Always use seat belts and proper
clearance over the top (for example, child restraints.
in a garage or a covered area). More
than approximately 10 ft (3 m) from
the ground and more than approxi-
mately 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the rear of
the vehicle is required to open or
close the top safely. Otherwise, the
top may damage any objects above
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29
CAUTION
. Do not operate the top when the
temperature is below 328F (08C).
This may result in damage to the
top material or operating system.
. Remove water drops, snow, ice or
sand from the top, and dry the
surface of the top completely before
opening it.
. Do not open the top when it is wet
JVP0045X or damp. This may cause interior SPA2691
water damage, stains or mildew on
the top material.
WARNING . Be sure to turn off the rear window CAUTION
defroster switch. Never turn it on
. Never install a cover or film (for while the top is being operated or . Do not place any objects between
example window tint) on the sky- fully opened. The heat may damage the top cloth and the structure.
light glass. This may cause the dual the top material. Doing so could interfere with top
pop-up roll bars to operate impro- operation and cause damage to the
perly and could result in serious top operating system or the objects.
injury or death in the event of a . Do not place anything on the top,
rollover. (see “Dual pop-up roll bar rear parcel shelf, inner flaps and
system (CrossCabriolet models)” in trunk lid. Even small items may
the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts interfere with the top operation
and supplemental restraint system” and could cause damage to the top
section.) or the vehicle body.
. Do not place anything in the top vated. Extended dual pop-up roll
storage area. The top will not fit bars may interfere with top opera-
there properly, and this could da- tion and could cause damage to the
mage the top and/or the vehicle top or the vehicle body.
body.
. Do not sit or place anything on the Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed before
top, rear parcel shelf, inner flaps, operating the top.
storage lid and trunk lid, especially
when the top is being operated. The
top may be damaged.
. Do not drive the vehicle with the top
partially opened. Always make sure
the top is either fully opened or SPA2874
closed before driving.
WHEN OPERATING THE TOP
. Secure items so that they cannot be GUID-9783AAEB-D9EE-4150-9CAA-F03901BE51C6
NOTE:
. In case of low battery or low tempera-
ture, the top may temporarily stop
moving during the operation. This func-
tions to protect the top control me-
chanism, and it is not a malfunction.
. The top operation may be automati-
cally stopped to protect the system
under the following conditions:
— Immediately after the engine is
started.
— If the top or power windows are
operated repeatedly in a short per-
SPA2875 iod of time. SPA1691
— If the top is left partially open for a SOFT TOP GUID-AC0A62DC-CB4D-48FD-9A3A-3C2535153F4E
INDICATOR LIGHT
long period of time before the top is
CAUTION fully opened. The soft top indicator light in the instrument
panel shows the conditions of top operation.
Wait for approximately 5 minutes be-
. Keep all parts of the top linkage The light illuminates when the soft top is being
fore operating the top again.
clear of obstructions, or the top operated or if it is stopped before reaching the
latch may not be securely locked. LUGGAGE COVER
GUID-B26A5118-9345-47A5-9852-69A71FF769AB fully opened or closed position. When the top is
The soft top can be operated only when the fully opened or closed, the light will turn off.
. Do not place anything in the top
storage area. Cargo that contacts trunk is separated by the luggage cover. The The light blinks while the soft top is not fully
the top could damage the top and/ luggage cover must be pulled out and hung on opened or closed under the following condi-
or the vehicle body. See Caution the hooks or the top will not operate. tions:
label *
B attached in the trunk. (See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models)” . When the vehicle is driven.
in the “2. Instruments and controls” section). . When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)
position.
Only drive the vehicle when the soft top is in the
SPA2633
JVP0049X
Opening theGUID-4C7A2A7D-B19A-4092-923C-63EC90103CB4
soft top
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and
make sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you.
Make sure that the trunk separator is pulled out
and hung on the hooks. Push the door handle
request switch (driver’s or passenger’s) *A and
hold it until the soft top is fully open.
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-2D51144E-87AE-4042-BCCA-A9F63DED76ED
If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally, follow the procedures shown in the following table. If the procedures in the
following table do not solve the symptom, immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection.
Symptom Beep Possible cause Possible solution
The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch is Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating
pushed while the soft top is fully open, or the switch when the soft top is fully open. Push the
Sounds twice
CLOSE side of the soft top operating switch is OPEN side of the soft top operating switch when the
pushed while the soft top is fully closed. soft top is fully closed.
The OPEN side of the soft top operating
switch is pushed, but the soft top does not Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral)
Sounds twice The selector lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
operate. position, and then operate the soft top.
Sounds twice The trunk lid is opened. Fully close the trunk lid.
Does not sound The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.
Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system. Wait for approximately 5 minutes.
Check that an object is not trapped inside the rear
Objects are trapped in the moving structure of the parcel shelf, inner flap and soft top. After the check,
The soft top stops halfway during opera- Sounds twice
soft top. turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, start the
tion. engine again and then operate the soft top.
Sounds twice The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.
When the vehicle is being driven, the beep Sounds continu- Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location and
The soft top is partially opened. fully open or fully close the soft top.
sounds. ously
NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When you b. Remove the lower trim clips * 3 and
must close the top by yourself, in the event of 1. Open the trunk lid. In the event of a remove the upper and lower trim pieces
emergency or when an immediate dealer service discharged battery, the secondary trunk *2 .
is not available, close the top manually accord- release mechanism should be operated. c. Remove the two luggage cover hooks * 4
ing to the procedures shown in this section. (See “Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models)” on the left and right side of the trunk.
earlier in this section.) Then disconnect the connector * 5 on
When closing the soft top manually:
the left side luggage cover hook.
. Move the vehicle to a safe place, away from
traffic. d. Remove the clips *
6 behind the luggage
JVP0038X
CAUTION
Make sure to close the trunk lid before
opening the storage lid. The storage lid
may contact the trunk lid and damage it.
JVP0037X
JVP0039X
JVP0040X
JVP0041X
JVP0042X
c. Close the storage lid. d. Close the front and rear parts of the soft 4. Lock the front part of the soft top.
top at the same time as illustrated. a. Remove the cap *
1 as illustrated.
CAUTION b. Insert tool *
2 (located in the trunk) into
the hole and turn clockwise.
Make sure to close the storage lid
completely. The storage lid may contact
the soft top and damage it. CAUTION
. After closing the top manually, have
the system checked and/or repaired
by a NISSAN dealer as soon as
possible.
. Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for
long periods or driving at high
speeds. The rear of the top is not
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-41
FUEL-FILLER DOOR
GUID-58F03607-9C0E-45A3-A739-6F6533CBE06D
locked completely, and this may . A protective clear tape is applied to the top
allow wind and rain to get into your storage lid painted surface where the soft
vehicle. top contacts the surface. When the top is
fully closed, the tape may transmit some
light, visible from the inside of the vehicle.
CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE
This does not affect the water and air
VEHICLE BODY
GUID-85248970-F9FC-4037-98ED-B29AF18639F5 tightness of the seal.
To use your CrossCabriolet safely and comfor- . The inner surface of the trunk and top
tably, you need to observe all the warnings and storage lids may show a fibrous, or marbled
cautions shown in the previous pages. Also, to pattern. This is the normal appearance of the
maintain a good appearance of the soft top and material used in these parts.
the vehicle body, you need to care for them by
cleaning and/or washing properly.
SPA2441
FUEL-FILLERGUID-45E9B200-5266-43FB-B114-5A04EF6FA26A
CAP . Never pour fuel into the throttle . Insert the cap straight into the fuel-
body to attempt to start your vehi- filler tube, then tighten until the
WARNING cle. fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-
. Do not fill a portable fuel container en the fuel-filler cap properly may
. Gasoline is extremely flammable in the vehicle or trailer. Static elec- cause the malfunction indicator
and highly explosive under certain tricity can cause an explosion of light (MIL) to illuminate. If the
conditions. You could be burned or flammable liquid, vapor or gas in light illuminates because the fuel-
seriously injured if it is misused or any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the filler cap is loose or missing, tighten
mishandled. Always stop engine risk of serious injury or death when or install the cap and continue to
and do not smoke or allow open filling portable fuel containers: drive the vehicle. The light
flames or sparks near the vehicle should turn off after a few driving
— Always place the container on
when refueling. trips. If the light does not turn
the ground when filling.
off after a few driving trips, have the
. Do not attempt to top off the fuel — Do not use electronic devices vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-
tank after the fuel pump nozzle when filling. er.
shuts off automatically. Continued
refueling may cause fuel overflow, — Keep the pump nozzle in contact For additional information, see
resulting in fuel spray and possibly with the container while you are “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”
a fire. filling it. in the “2. Instruments and controls”
. Use only an original equipment type — Use only approved portable fuel section.
fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It containers for flammable liquid. . The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will
has a built-in safety valve needed appear if the fuel-filler cap is not
for proper operation of the fuel properly tightened. It may take a few
system and emission control sys- driving trips for the message to be
tem. An incorrect cap can result in a
CAUTION displayed. Failure to tighten the
serious malfunction and possible fuel-filler cap properly after the
. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears
injury. It could also cause the mal-
flush it away with water to avoid may cause the Malfunction
function indicator light to come on.
paint damage. Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.
SPA2442 SPA2833
TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING
GUID-24FBE4B2-4508-4AC7-A4F2-026DF692853E
WARNING
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You could lose control
of your vehicle and cause an acci-
dent.
. Do not adjust the steering wheel
any closer to you than is necessary
for proper steering operation and
comfort. The driver’s air bag inflates
with great force. If you are unrest-
rained, leaning forward, sitting side-
SPA2443 SPA2444A
ways or out of position in any way,
you are at greater risk of injury or MANUAL OPERATION ELECTRIC OPERATION
GUID-20C3E099-AD1B-4DFF-97DD-6AF9D7373A42 GUID-27257F1D-DB84-47F2-83F2-B6F7CC1D700D
death in a crash. You may also
receive serious or fatal injuries from Manual operation
GUID-69ADA9CB-3148-41B8-8BFC-2FD888E82F39
Tilt or telescopic operation
GUID-0F8A0E36-72D5-4F58-A543-110128462B2D
the air bag if you are up against it Pull the lock lever *
1 down and adjust the Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or
when it inflates. Always sit back steering wheel forward or rearward to the down, forward or rearward to the desired
against the seatback and as far desired position. position.
away as practical from the steering Push the lock lever up securely to lock the Entry/Exit function operation (if so
wheel. Always use the seat belts. steering wheel in place. equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Pull the lock lever *
2 and adjust the steering The automatic drive positioner system will make
wheel up or down to the desired position. the steering wheel move up automatically when
Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel the driver’s door is opened with the ignition
in place. switch in the LOCK position. This lets the driver
get into and out of the seat more easily.
For more information, see “Automatic drive
positioner” later in this section.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-45
SUN VISORS
GUID-E95255EA-C17D-4F05-8E11-DD566D7FB686
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-ACCBC1FC-4BB4-4873-BB24-EFB9F2B19183
CAUTION
. Do not store the main sun visor
before storing the extension sun
visor.
. Do not pull the extension sun visor
forcedly downward.
SIC2872
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-638F4A62-05CB-4943-BF6B-4E76A2BF9AB2
1. To block out glare from the front, swing
down the sun visor *
1 .
MIRRORS
GUID-18188D7A-64F7-4D74-BFF2-8A606EDED136
WARNING
Use the night position only when ne-
cessary, because it reduces rear view
clarity.
SPA2450
Type B
SPA1829 SIC2064
positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse 1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
is operated when the seat is at the exit position. opens, the entry/exit function will not work position.
though this function was set on before. In such 2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
Cancel or activate entry/exit function a case, after connecting the battery or replacing
GUID-58D4463D-3833-4D6F-AB39-9C380DA99AC9 3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column and
The selector lever must be in the P (Park) with a new fuse, open and close the driver’s outside mirrors to the desired positions by
position with the ignition switch in the OFF door more than two times after the ignition manually operating each adjusting switch.
position. switch is placed in the LOCK position from the For additional information, see “Seats” in the
The entry/exit function can be activated or ON position. The entry/exit function will be “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-
canceled by pressing and holding the SET activated. mental restraint system” section and “Tilt/
telescopic steering” earlier in this section then push the button on the Intelligent Key. . Push the ignition switch to the ON
and “Outside mirrors” earlier in this section. The driver’s seat, steering wheel and outside position and push the memory switch (1
mirrors will move to the memorized position. or 2).
4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,
push the memory switch (1 or 2).
. Within 45 seconds of opening the
Confirming memory storage
GUID-C42E9A63-7C42-464C-ABAE-3B9C731E9AA0 driver’s door, push the memory switch
The indicator light for the pushed memory . Push the ignition switch to the ON position (1 or 2).
switch will stay on for approximately 5 and push the SET switch. If the main
seconds after pushing the switch. The driver’s seat, steering column and
memory has not been stored, the indicator outside mirrors will move to the memorized
If memory is stored in the same memory light will come on for approximately 0.5 position with the indicator light flashing, and
switch, the previous memory will be deleted. second. When the memory has stored in then the light will stay on for approximately 5
position, the indicator light will stay on for seconds.
Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem- approximately 5 seconds.
ory position GUID-83DABFB4-1BAC-4D52-AAD9-89B23BBFA840 SYSTEM OPERATION
. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the GUID-6E092FC2-4164-461D-8930-0184862E613A
The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored fuse opens, the memory will be canceled. In The automatic drive positioner system will not
memory position with the following procedure. this case, reset the desired position using work or will stop operating under the following
1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memory the previous procedure. conditions:
position. . If optional keys are added to your vehicle, . When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7
. While the indicator light for the memory the memory storage procedure to switch 1 km/h) (entry/exit function).
switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec- or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to . When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-
onds, push the button on the Intelligent a stored memory position should be per- rage).
Key. formed again for each Intelligent Key. For . When the adjusting switch for the driver’s
. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, additional Intelligent Key information, see seat and steering column is turned on while
and then push the SET switch. Push the “Keys” earlier in this section. the automatic drive positioner is operating.
button while pushing the memory button Selecting theGUID-1B13DD82-31E7-4920-83B1-6D7C94FBAB3E
memorized position . When the seat, steering column and outside
while the indicator light stays on for approxi- mirrors have already been moved to the
1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
mately 5 seconds. memorized position.
position.
If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key is . When no position is stored in the memory
linked to that memory setting. 2. Use one of the following methods to move switch.
the driver’s seat, the outside mirrors and the
Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and steering wheel.
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-51
CENTER MULTI-FUNCTION
SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL (models with
color display screen)
GUID-7D2F9E4D-2C59-48D4-9F90-610254DECE2C
GUID-A29CC705-3846-4072-9454-906E5A6C79AE
WARNING
. Do not disassemble or modify this
system. If you do, it may result in
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
. Do not use this system if you notice
any abnormality, such as a frozen
screen or lack of sound. Continued
use of the system may result in
accident, fire or electric shock.
. In case you notice any foreign
object in the system hardware, spill SAA1845
liquid on it, or notice smoke or smell With navigation system
coming from it, stop using the 1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)
system immediately and contact 2, 6, 7, 8, 9.
For navigation system control buttons (Refer to
your nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-
the separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-
ing such conditions may lead to ual.)
accidents, fire, or electric shock.
3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)
. Park the vehicle in a safe location 4. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-
and apply the parking brake to view tem button (P.4-84)
the images on the front center dis- 5. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/
play screen. OFF button (P.4-9)
10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-
Do not attempt to operate the system in ton (P.4-9)
extreme temperature conditions [below 11. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)
−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].
Operating this system under these condi-
tions may result in system malfunctions.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3
SAA1846 SAA1847
Without navigation system With navigation system
1. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-
ton (P.4-9)
2. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)
3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)
4. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/
OFF button (P.4-9)
5. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)
When you use this system, make sure the
engine is running.
If you use the system with the engine not
running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long
time, it will discharge the battery and the
engine may not start.
SAA1848
Without navigation system
4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTION . To clean the display, use a soft, dry vehicle and cause an accident.
CONTROLLER
GUID-7F44560C-BAE2-4507-9B21-C095BC715247 cloth. If additional cleaning is ne-
Choose an item on the display using the main cessary, use a small amount of Touch screenGUID-DF032376-F40E-4BD2-BC76-F4734CD72B3A
operation
directional buttons *
2 (or additional directional neutral detergent with a soft cloth.
With this system, the same operations as those
buttons * 6 with navigation system) or center Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,
for the multi-function controller are possible
dial *3 , and push the ENTER button * 1 for benzine, thinner or any kind of
solvent or paper towel with a che- using the touch screen operation.
operation.
If you push the BACK button * 4 before the mical cleaning agent. They will
setup is completed, the setup will be canceled scratch or deteriorate the panel.
and/or the display will return to the previous . Do not splash any liquid such as
screen. This button can also be used to delete water or car fragrance on the dis-
characters that have been input. play. Contact with liquid will cause
After the setup is completed, push the BACK the system to malfunction.
button *4 and return to the previous screen.
To ensure safe driving, some functions cannot
For the VOICE button *5 functions, refer to the
be operated while driving.
separate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
The on-screen functions that are not available
HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN while driving will be “grayed out” or muted.
(models withGUID-7F7FEA0F-A05C-4196-A97B-C46AEB320545
navigation system)
Park the vehicle in a safe location and then
operate the navigation system.
CAUTION
. The glass screen on the liquid WARNING
crystal display may break if it is hit
. ALWAYS give your full attention to
with a hard or sharp object. If the
driving.
glass screen breaks, do not touch it.
Doing so could result in an injury. . Avoid using vehicle features that
could distract you. If distracted,
you could lose control of your
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5
4-6 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Delete:
Deletes the last character that has been
input with one touch. Push and hold the
button to delete all of the characters.
. OK:
Completes character inputs.
Touch screenGUID-9BDEC9F0-A002-4A31-B490-824690F05315
maintenance
If you clean the display screen, use a dry, soft
cloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use a
small amount of neutral detergent with a soft
cloth. Never spray the screen with water or
detergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipe
the screen. SAA1860 SAA2476
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7
HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE about the menu selection currently high-
SCREEN lighted. (i.e. Adjust head lamp on time after
GUID-A99F09D5-163A-4999-B026-01C6F0DE8FF4
Vehicle functions are viewed on the display shut-off.)
screen in menus. To select each key item,
highlight the preferred item using the multi-
function controller and push the ENTER button.
Whenever a menu selection is made or menu
item is highlighted, different areas on the screen
provide you with important information. See the
following for details.
1. Header:
Shows the path used to get to the current
SAA2477 screen. (i.e. push SETTING button >
Models with navigation system choose “Comfort” menu item.)
2. Menu Selections:
Shows the options to choose within that
menu screen.
3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:
Shows that the multi-function controller may
be used to move UP/DOWN on the screen
and select more options.
4. Menu Items Counter:
Shows the total number of items listed
across all pages for the current menu (i.e.
3/7).
SAA3149 5. Footer/Information Line:
Models without navigation system Provides more information (if available)
4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1511
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9
SAA2720 SAA2721
Models without navigation system Models without navigation system
4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Fuel EconomyGUID-D6FC79E8-7233-412E-95F9-9C2F07165942
information MaintenanceGUID-2AEB012A-B058-44C5-AED3-71B7ACFDA0B8
information
The approximate distance to empty, average fuel The maintenance intervals can be displayed for
economy and current fuel economy will be the engine oil, oil filter, tire and other reminders.
displayed for reference. To set a maintenance interval, select a preferred
To reset the average fuel economy (Avg Fuel item from the list.
Econ or Average Fuel Economy), select the You can also set to display a message to remind
“Reset Fuel Eco” or “Reset” key. you that the maintenance needs to be per-
If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key is formed.
selected, the average fuel consumption history The following example shows how to set the
will be displayed in graph form along with the engine oil maintenance information. Use the
average for the previous Reset-to-Reset period. same steps to set the other maintenance
The unit can be converted between “US” and information.
“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button” SAA2481
later in this section.) Models with navigation system
SAA2830
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11
4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2483 SAA2484
Models with navigation system
Others information (models with naviga-
tion system) GUID-19CFE7FD-4EB2-4F83-99BE-96E545E703BF
The Others information display will appear when
pushing the INFO button and selecting the
“Others” key.
GPS Position: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For the details of this item, see the separate
Navigation System Owner’s Manual.
Voice Recognition:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
For the details of this item, see “NISSAN voice
recognition system (models with navigation
system)” later in this section.
SAA1514
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13
Audio settings
GUID-67095D9E-D601-4AF8-AB86-556CAD5A6C31
Display Album Cover Art (models with
The display as illustrated will appear when navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the When this item is turned to ON, the album cover
“Audio” key. image is displayed when playing iPod® or MP3
music files through a CD, DVD or USB memory.
Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the image is not properly embedded in
To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound the file or device, the image will not be
balance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance” displayed.
or “Fade” key and adjust it with the multi-
function controller. Phone settings (models with navigation
These items can also be adjusted by pushing system) GUID-B41718AF-2D4C-42E3-B4B5-02E747E29603
and turning the AUDIO knob. For details of the “Phone” settings, see “Blue-
tooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models with
SAA2485 Speed Sensitive Vol.:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 navigation system)” later in this section.
Models with navigation system The audio system’s volume is increased with the
vehicle speed. Select the “Speed Sensitive Vol.” Bluetooth® settings (models with navi-
and adjust the effect level with the multi-function gation system)
GUID-6622418E-D21C-439C-A2D1-B530D582A150
controller. The Speed Sensitive Volume function For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see
is turned off when the level is set to “OFF”. “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models
Increasing the value will cause the volume to with navigation system)” later in this section or
increase faster with vehicle speed. “Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with navi-
DivX® Registration Code (models with gation system)” later in this section.
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
The registration code for a device that is used to
download DivX® files will be displayed on the
screen. If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is
connected to the audio system, this function will
not be activated.
SAA2740
Models without navigation system
4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Volume and Beeps settings (models with When this item is turned to ON, you will hear Button beeps settings (models without
navigation system) voice guidance in the navigation operation or in navigation system)
GUID-F5E6FA6C-24DE-4338-88B7-518E84B2FB30
GUID-DE566CBB-6649-444D-AEE4-25644D29C89A
other operations. The “Button Beeps” screen will appear when
The display as illustrated will appear when
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the NOTE: pushing the SETTING button, selecting the
“Button Beeps” key with the multi-function
“Volume & Beeps” key. When the voice guidance is being an-
controller and pushing the ENTER button.
Audio Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 nounced during audio playback, turning
the volume knob does not adjust the music Button Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To increase or decrease the audio volume,
level; it adjusts the guidance volume level. When this item is turned to ON, you will hear a
select the “Audio Volume” and adjust it with
If voice guidance is not being heard, beep sound when you use a button.
the multi-function controller. You can also adjust
please check the Guidance Volume level.
the audio volume by turning the VOLUME
control knob.
Guidance Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To adjust the guidance voice volume, select the
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15
Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Clock settings
GUID-0F9705E3-F855-40A9-BBEF-68E09DD66282
To adjust the brightness, contrast and back- The display as illustrated will appear when
ground color of the screen, select the appro- pushing the SETTING button and selecting the
priate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or “Background “Clock” key.
Color” key and push the ENTER button. The clock settings display cannot be operated
You can then adjust the brightness and contrast while driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe place
using the multi-function controller. Switch the and apply the parking brake before setting the
background color to the daytime mode or the clock.
nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button.
On-screen Clock:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When this item is turned to ON, a clock is
always displayed in the upper right corner of the
screen.
SAA2487
This clock will indicate the time almost exactly
Models with navigation system
because it is always adjusted by the GPS
system (models with navigation system).
Clock Format GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(24h):
When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hour
clock is displayed. When this item is not turned
to ON, the 12-hour clock is displayed.
Offset (hour)/(min) (models with naviga-
tion system)/Clock Adjust (models without
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per
hour or per minute.
Daylight Saving Time:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
SAA3675 Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time
Models without navigation system application.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17
SAA3150
Models without navigation system
4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Comfort settings
GUID-3DDC93FC-D89B-4259-BE03-63BADC7525EC
position. unlock function by pushing the door handle
Models with navigation system request switch will be activated.
Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if so
The display as illustrated will appear when equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Return All Settings to Default:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
pushing the SETTING button, selecting the When this item is turned to ON, the driver’s seat Select this item and then select “YES” to return
“Others” key and then selecting the “Comfort” moves backward for easy exit if the ignition all settings to the default.
key. This key does not appear on the display until switch is in the OFF position and the driver’s
the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
Models without navigation system pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
the driver’s seat moves to the previous position.
The display as illustrated will appear when
pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Light Off Delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
“Comfort” key. This key does not appear on the Choose the duration of the automatic headlight
display until the ignition switch is pushed to the off timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and
ON position. 180 second periods.
Auto Interior Illumination:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Selective DoorGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Unlock:
When this item is turned to ON, the interior When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’s
lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked. door is unlocked first after the door unlock
Light Sensitivity: operation. When the door handle request switch
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door is
Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights
pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding
higher (right) or lower (left).
door is unlocked first. All the doors can be
Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if so unlocked if the door unlock operation is per-
equipped): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
formed again within 60 seconds.
When this item is turned to ON, the steering When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors
wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition will be unlocked after the door unlock operation
switch is in the LOCK position and the driver’s is performed once.
door is opened. After getting into the vehicle and
Intelligent KeyGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Lock/Unlock:
pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,
the steering wheel moves to the previous When this item is turned to ON, door lock/
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19
4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2491 SAA2492
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21
. (Previous) — Maximum Size: 2-MB When the selector lever is shifted into the R
Select the “ ” key to display the previous — Colors: 32768 (15-bit) (Reverse) position, the monitor display shows
file. — Maximum File Name lengths: 253-Bytes the view to the rear of the vehicle.
Setting the Image Viewer: — Maximum Folders: 500 The system is designed as an aid to the driver in
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024 detecting large stationary objects to help avoid
The Image Viewer setting display will appear damaging the vehicle. The system will not detect
when selecting the “Settings” key on the full . If an electronic device (such as a digital
small objects below the bumper and may not
screen display. The following settings are camera) is directly connected to the vehicle
detect objects close to the bumper or on the
available for the full screen display. using a USB cable, no image will be
ground.
. Slideshow Speed displayed on the screen.
Select the “Slideshow Speed” key. From the . If the file name is too long, some file names
following display, select the changing time may not be entirely displayed. WARNING
from 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or “No Auto . When the total number of characters in the
Change”. file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a . The rear view camera is a conve-
directory exceeds 100 characters, all files nience but it is not a substitute for
. Slideshow Order
will show a shortened 8-character version. proper backing up. Always turn and
Select the “Slideshow Order” key. From the check that it is safe to do so before
The image will still be displayed when
following display, select “Random” or “Order backing up. Always back up slowly.
selected.
List”. For “Order List”, the image order is the
order of the files as stored on the USB . Objects viewed in the RearView
memory. Monitor differ from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used.
Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Objects in the RearView Monitor
. Only files that meet the following conditions will appear visually opposite than
will be displayed. when viewed in the rear view and
— Image type: JPEG outside mirrors.
— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg . Make sure that the lift gate or trunk
— Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536 is securely closed when backing up.
pixels . Underneath the bumper and the
corner areas of the bumper cannot
be viewed on the RearView Monitor
4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1898 SAA1978
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25
the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it
appears. appears.
SAA1979
course.
SAA1923 SAA1980
Backing up GUID-9D6EBC33-935D-46A4-ACB3-53A6D833AE98
near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting object
GUID-38876F5B-3001-41F9-8E1A-F9AAB88DE919
The predicted course lines *
A do not touch the The position * C is shown further than the
object in the display. However, the vehicle may position * B in the display. However, the
hit the object if it projects over the actual position *C is actually at the same distance
backing up course. as the position * A . The vehicle may hit the
object when backing up to the position * A if
the object projects over the actual backing up
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27
PREDICTIVEGUID-68450C56-3780-4314-A535-6365AA7D2D8D
COURSE LINE SETTINGS after the selector lever has been shifted to R
To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line from another position or to another position
display, push the SETTING button, select the from R. Objects may be distorted momenta-
“Camera” key and push the ENTER button. rily until the RearView Monitor screen is
displayed completely.
. Predictive Course Lines
. When the temperature is extremely high or
When this item is turned to ON, the predicted low, the screen may not clearly display
course lines will be displayed on the monitor objects. This is not a malfunction.
when the selector/shift lever is in the “R”
. When strong light directly enters the cam-
(Reverse) position.
era, objects may not be displayed clearly.
HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN
GUID-EBE73AC0-2CFE-45F5-99BC-42FE5D8343D2 This is not a malfunction.
To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint, . Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearView screen. This is due to strong reflected light
SAA2404 Monitor, push the SETTING button with the from the bumper. This is not a malfunction.
Models with navigation system RearView Monitor on, select the item key and . The screen may flicker under fluorescent
adjust the level using the multi-function con- light. This is not a malfunction.
troller. . The colors of objects on the RearView
Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color, Monitor may differ somewhat from those of
Contrast and Black Level of the RearView the actual object.
Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure . Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a
the parking brake is firmly applied and the dark place or at night. This is not a
engine is not running. malfunction.
OPERATINGGUID-2C7B18A8-765F-48EB-81F4-4527DA0D3E26
TIPS . If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,
. When the selector lever is shifted to the R the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-
(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto- play objects. Clean the camera.
matically changes to the RearView Monitor . Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
mode. clean the camera. This will cause discolora-
SAA2606 . It may take some time until the RearView tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a cloth
Models without navigation system Monitor or the normal screen is displayed dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent
4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
VENTILATORS
GUID-5620F45C-95A1-4691-9F0B-E47071C3B894
SAA1991 SAA1066
Center ventilators Rear ventilators (for Hardtop models)
SAA1990 SAA0564B
Side ventilators Rear ventilators (for CrossCabriolet models)
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29
SAA1520
Models without navigation system
4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2040
Type A
1. Temperature control button (driver side)
2. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button
3. “ ” front defroster button
4. “ ” fan speed control dial/OFF button
5. “ ” intake air control button
6. “MODE” manual air flow control button
7. Temperature control button (passenger side)
8. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button
9. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rear
window and outside mirror defroster switch” in
the “2. Instruments and controls” section.)
10. “ ” upper vent system button
11. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31
. The temperature of the passenger compart- performance. twice, and then the intake air will be controlled
ment will be maintained automatically. Air MANUAL OPERATION automatically.
GUID-DD9F85E6-993D-4D0F-AA81-0E42CFEE8E18
flow distribution and fan speed are also
controlled automatically. Fan speed control Air flow control
GUID-C19D08E9-C968-405F-8023-0A5995635CB9
GUID-A47CE066-351F-4CC8-AC17-7FC4FC991E14
. Do not set the temperature lower than the Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial to Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow control
outside air temperature. Otherwise the manually control the fan speed. button selects the air outlet to:
system may not work properly. Push the “AUTO” button to return to automatic : Air flows from center and side ventilators.
. Not recommended if windows fog up. control of the fan speed. : Air flows from center and side ventilators
and foot outlets.
DehumidifiedGUID-6430F809-96AC-4582-A1F2-907A1F44D1CF
defrosting or defogging Air recirculation
GUID-2B823F0D-0272-430E-975F-993BF534048A : Air flows mainly from foot outlets.
1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (The Push the intake air control button “ ” to : Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.
indicator light on the button will come on.) recirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The
indicator light “ ” will come on. Upper vent system
GUID-19867573-E52A-4FE3-A98D-EAD52DA785CD
2. Operate the temperature control buttons
When the “ ” upper vent system button is
(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desired The air recirculation mode cannot be activated
temperature. when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting pushed, the air flow against the driver’s or
mode “ ”. passenger’s upper body becomes gentle. The
. To quickly remove ice from the outside of the indicator light on the button will come on.
windows, turn the “ ” fan speed control Outside air circulation
GUID-E6DC013B-AF1A-40A2-93FA-8FF729A446D3 In this mode, air from the center ventilators flows
dial and set it to the maximum position.
Push the intake air control button “ ” to both straight and upward in order to control the
. As soon as possible after the windshield is
change the air circulation from the intake air to cabin temperature without blowing air directly
clean, push the “AUTO” button to return to
the outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turn on the occupants.
the auto mode.
off. If you want strong air flow against your upper
. When the “ ” front defroster button is
pushed, the air conditioner will automatically Automatic airGUID-8618E9EF-436B-4EE2-BD6B-EF915C7F0650
intake control body, push the “ ” button to turn the indicator
be turned on at outside temperatures above light off.
In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be
238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, and controlled automatically. To manually control
the air recirculate mode will automatically be the intake air, push the intake air control button
turned off. “ ”. To return to the automatic control mode,
Outside air is drawn into the passenger push the intake air control button “ ” for
compartment to improve the defogging about 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flash
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33
4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
AUDIO SYSTEM
GUID-E954533A-76AC-41A8-828A-6CCF73E0885C
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS function in your NISSAN radio system.
GUID-E2189C1D-321B-4738-BF15-C7924AA9611C
Reception conditions will constantly change
Radio GUID-96801352-B989-4EC4-990B-A07BD4F970BB because of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON signal distance and interference from other
position and push the radio band select button vehicles can work against ideal reception.
to turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio with Described below are some of the factors that
the engine not running, the ignition switch can affect your radio reception.
should be pushed to the ACC position.
Some cellular phones or other devices may
Radio reception is affected by station signal cause interference or a buzzing noise to come
strength, distance from radio transmitter, build- from the audio system speakers. Storing the
ings, bridges, mountains and other external device in a different location may reduce or
influences. Intermittent changes in reception eliminate the noise.
quality normally are caused by these external
influences. SAA0306
4-36 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player . This audio system can only play prerecorded
may malfunction due to the humidity. If this CDs. It has no capabilities to record or burn
occurs, remove the CD and dehumidify or CDs.
ventilate the player completely. . If the CD cannot be played, one of the
. The player may skip while driving on rough following messages will be displayed.
roads. CHECK DISC:
. The CD player sometimes cannot function — Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly
when the passenger compartment tempera- (the label side is facing up, etc.).
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- — Confirm that the CD is not bent or
perature before use. warped and it is free of scratches.
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round PUSH EJECT:
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-
This is an error due to the temperature inside
TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.
the player is too high. Remove the CD by
. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight. pushing the EJECT button, and after a short
. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched, time reinsert the CD. The CD can be played
covered with fingerprints, or that have pin when the temperature of the player returns
holes may not work properly. to normal.
. The following CDs may not work properly: UNPLAYABLE:
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD) The file is unplayable in this audio system
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R) (only MP3 or WMA CD). LHA0484
— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)
. Do not use the following CDs as they may DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player
cause the CD player to malfunction. (models with GUID-BA593422-AF0C-4754-8221-8AD1D545FA2F
navigation system)
— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs . Do not force a compact disc into the CD/
— CDs that are not round DVD insert slot. This could damage the CD/
DVD player.
— CDs with a paper label
. During cold weather or rainy days, the player
— CDs that are warped, scratched, or have
may malfunction due to humidity. If this
abnormal edges
occurs, remove the CD/DVD and dehumidify
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37
or ventilate the player completely. — 3.1 in (8 cm) discs — The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A or
. The player may skip while driving on rough — CD/DVDs that are not round DivX® type.
roads. — CD/DVDs with a paper label Region Invalid:
. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannot — CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched or — The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions.
function when the passenger compartment have abnormal edges Use DVDs with a region code “1”, “ALL”
temperature is extremely high. Decrease the — This audio system can only play pre- or “1 included” for your DVD entertain-
temperature before use. recorded CD/DVDs. It has no capabilities ment system. (The region code * A is
. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) round to record or burn CD/DVDs. displayed as a small symbol printed on
discs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI- the top of the DVD * B .) This vehicle-
. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of the
TAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video” logo on the following messages will be displayed. installed DVD player cannot play DVDs
disc or packaging. with a region code other than “1” or
Disc Read Error:
. Do not expose the CD/DVD to direct “ALL”.
— Confirm that the CD/DVD is inserted
sunlight. correctly (the label side is facing up, Copyright and GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
trademark:
. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty, etc.). . The technology protected by the U.S. patent
scratched, covered with fingerprints, or that — Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent or and other intellectual property rights owned
have pinholes may not work properly. warped and it is free of scratches. by Macrovision Corporation and other right
. The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteed Please Eject Disc: holders is adopted for this system.
to play: . This copyright protected technology cannot
— This may be an error due to the
— Copy control compact discs (CCCD) temperature inside the player being too be used without a permit from Macrovision
— Recordable compact discs (CD-R) high. Remove the CD/DVD by pushing Corporation. It is limited to be personal use,
— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW) the EJECT button, and after a short time etc., as long as the permit from Macrovision
— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R DL) reinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD can Corporation is not issued.
— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RW be played when the temperature of the . Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.
DL) player returns to normal. If the error . Dolby digital is manufactured under license
. Do not use the following CD/DVDs as they persists, consult your local dealership. from Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
may cause the CD/DVD player to malfunc- Unplayable File: . Dolby and the double D mark “ ” are
tion. — The file may be copy protected. trademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.
4-38 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. DTS and DTS 2.0 “ ” are registered . During cold weather or rainy days, the player exposed to fluids other than water, evapora-
trademarks of DTS, Inc. may malfunction due to humidity. If this tive residue may cause a short between the
occurs, remove the USB device and dehu- connector pins.
Parental level GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(parental control):
midify or ventilate the USB player comple- . Large video podcast files cause slow
DVDs with the parental control setting can be tely. responses in an iPod®. The vehicle center
played with this system. Please use your own
. The USB player sometimes cannot function display may momentarily black out, but it will
judgement to set the parental control with the
when the passenger compartment tempera- soon recover.
system.
ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem- . If an iPod® automatically selects large video
Disc selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 perature before use. podcast files while in the shuffle mode, the
The following disc formats can be played with . Do not leave USB memory in a place prone vehicle center display may momentarily
the DVD drive. to static electricity or where the air condi- black out, but it will soon recover.
. DVD-VIDEO tioner blows directly. The data in the USB . Audiobooks may not play in the same order
. VIDEO-CD memory may be damaged. as they appear on an iPod®.
. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc) . The vehicle is not equipped with a USB . An iPod nano® (1st generation) may remain
memory stick. in fast forward or rewind mode if it is
. DTS-CD
. A USB device cannot be formatted with this connected during a seek operation. In this
USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if so system. To format a USB device, use a case, please manually reset the iPod®.
equipped) GUID-055AB149-F3B8-4DDD-8A6A-BBC837D27315 personal computer. . An iPod nano® (2nd generation) will con-
This system supports various USB memory . Partitioned USB devices may not be played tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is
sticks, USB hard drives and iPod® players. correctly. disconnected during a seek operation.
There are some USB devices which may not be . Some characters used in other languages . An incorrect song title may appear when the
supported with this system. (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayed Play Mode is changed while using the iPod
. Make sure that the USB device is connected properly on the vehicle center screen. Using nano® (2nd generation)
correctly into the USB connector. English language characters with a USB iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in
device is recommended. the U.S. and other countries.
. Do not force the memory stick or USB cable
into the USB connector. This could damage . Do not connect a USB device if a connector
the connector. or cable is wet. Allow the cable and/or
connectors to dry completely before con-
necting the USB device. If the connector is
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39
Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/ . Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
AAC) bits per second used by a digital music file.
GUID-E90E3FC2-BD24-46C0-A893-097B9AE428B9
The size and quality of a compressed digital
Explanation ofGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
terms:
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures when encoding the file.
Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is the . Sampling frequency — Sampling frequency
most well known compressed digital audio is the rate at which the samples of a signal
file format. This format allows for near “CD are converted from analog to digital (A/D
quality” sound, but at a fraction of the size of conversion) per second.
normal audio files. MP3 conversion of an
. Multisession — Multisession is one of the
audio track can reduce the file size by
methods for writing data to media. Writing
approximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1
data once to the media is called a single
kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually no
session, and writing more than once is
perceptible loss in quality. The compression
called a multisession.
reduces certain parts of sound that seem
inaudible to most people. . ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is the
part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that
. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is a
contains information about the digital music
compressed audio format created by Micro-
file such as song title, artist, album title,
soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMA
encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.
codec offers greater file compression than
ID3 tag information is displayed on the
the MP3 codec, enabling storage of more
Album/Artist/Track title line on the display.
digital audio tracks in the same amount of SAA2494
space when compared to MP3s at the same * Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-
level of quality. tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft
Playback order:
Corporation in the United States of America GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding . The folder names of folders not containing
and/or other countries.
(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format. compressed audio files are not shown in the
Audio files that have been encoded with display.
AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver . If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,
a higher quality of sound than MP3. “Root Folder” is displayed.
4-40 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41
Specification chart (for FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.
4-42 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±R DL, USB2.0
CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±R DL: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2,
Romeo, Joliet
* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
Supported file systems * Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.
UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0
* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.
USB memory: FAT16, FAT32
Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3
MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9
Supported
WMA*2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz
versions*1
Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR*4
Version MPEG-AAC
AAC*5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 96 kHz
Bit rate 16 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4
ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)
Tag information (Song title and Artist name)
WMA tag (WMA only)
Models with navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000
Folder levels
Models without navigation system:
Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)
Models with navigation system: 100 characters
Text character number limitation
Models without navigation system: 64 characters
01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM Big
Displayable character codes*3 Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43
4-44 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Troubleshooting guide:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45
Explanation ofGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
terms:
. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codec
owned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossy
compression of video based on MPEG-4.
. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave.
It is a standard file format originated by
Microsoft Corporation. A “.divx” encoded file
can be saved into the “.avi” file format for
playback on this system if it meets the
requirements stated in the table in this
section. However, not all the “.avi” files are
playable on this system since different
encodings can be used than the DivX®
codec.
. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced Systems
Format. It is a file format owned by Microsoft
Corporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meet
the requirements stated in the table in this
section can be played.
. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number of
bits per second used by a digital video file.
The size and quality of a compressed digital
audio file is determined by the bit rate used
when encoding the file.
4-46 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Requirement for Supporting Video Playback: Bluetooth® Audio player (models with
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
navigation system)
GUID-1996356F-09EC-4936-89C4-F87A02A9868C
Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory
. Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be
CD,
ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge recognized by the in-vehicle audio system.
CD-R,
(UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0
CD-RW,
- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported. . It is necessary to set up the wireless
DVD, connection between a compatible Blue-
File Systems - Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows
DVD±R,
DVD±RW,
Vista-based computer) are not supported. tooth® audio device and the in-vehicle
DVD±RW DL
- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported. Bluetooth® module before using the Blue-
USB Memory FAT16, FAT32 tooth® audio player.
Video Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6 . Operating procedure of the Bluetooth ®
.divx, .avi audio player will vary depending on the
Audio Codecs MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM
File Types device. Make sure you understand how to
Video Codec ISO-MPEG4
.asf operate an audio device before using it with
Audio Codec G.726
this system.
Maximum Average 4Mbps
Bit Rates .divx, .avi . The Bluetooth ® audio player may be
Maximum Peak 8Mbps stopped under the following conditions:
Minimum 32 6 32
.divx, .avi — Receiving a hands-free call.
Maximum 720 6 480
Resolution — Checking the connection to the hands-
Minimum 32 6 32 free phone.
.asf
Maximum 720 6 576
. Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device in
an area surrounded by metal or far away
from the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module to
prevent tone quality degradation and wire-
less connection disruption.
. While an audio device is connected through
a Bluetooth® wireless connection, the bat-
tery power of the device may discharge
quicker than usual.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-47
. This system supports the Bluetooth® Audio . No sounds may be recorded if jumping
Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP). sounds occurs or the disc is in poor
. Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Blue- condition.
tooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co., . Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage-
Ltd. ment System (SCMS) are not recorded.
. If a compact disc is scratched or dirty, it may
® not be recorded, jumping sounds may occur
Music Box (if so equipped)
GUID-2F96A7C3-2217-4FA6-B9DA-327E2534E826 or it may take a long time to record.
Recording: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Automatic titleGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
download:
. Note that data that is lost and not stored to
. The title information that is automatically
the hard drive/flash memory due to system
downloaded may differ from the actual title.
damage, improper operation or malfunction
. When newly released compact discs are
is not under warranty.
recorded, their title information may not be
. Vehicle owners are not permitted to record
downloaded.
music without permission of the owner of
. The title information on the hard drive/flash
the copyright except for personal use.
memory can be updated. (See “Playing
. Check if the music is appropriately recorded
recorded songs” later in this section.)
to the hard drive/flash memory after record-
ing when the compact disc cannot be
rerecorded.
. Some music cannot be recorded depending
on the disc condition due to high-speed
recording being used.
. Jumping sounds may be recorded when a
compact disc is recorded while driving on
rough roads and excessive vibration occurs.
. A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis-
played if jumping sounds are recorded.
4-48 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-49
Adjusting sound quality: See “Clock” in the “2. Instruments and controls”
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 SEEK tuning:
Push the Audio control knob to change the section for the detailed clock adjustment opera- GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
4-50 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-51
CD PLAY selection:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
disc is being played, the compact disc will come AUX (Auxiliary) input
GUID-298EBF8C-8046-42B7-9748-7C48AA1F9988
To change to another CD already loaded into the out and the system will turn off.
player, push the CD play select buttons * 1 to If the compact disc comes out and is not AUX (Auxiliary) button:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
*6 . removed, it will be pulled back into the slot The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.
to protect it. The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any
REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM): standard analog audio input such as from a
When the RPT button is pushed while the SCAN tuning:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
portable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player or
compact disc is played, the play pattern can be When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for laptop computers.
changed as follows: less than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being Push the AUX button to play a compatible
(CD) played, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.
be played for 10 seconds in sequence. NISSAN strongly recommend using a stereo
NOS2285 When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for mini plug cable when connecting your music
more than 1.5 seconds while the CD is being device to the audio system. Music may not be
(CD with MP3 or WMA) played, the first program in all the CDs will be played properly when you use a monaural cable.
played for 10 seconds.
NOS2286 Pushing the button again during this 10 second
period will stop SCAN tuning.
CD EJECT: If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next
When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the
disc program.
compact disc loaded, the compact disc will be
ejected.
To eject the discs selected by the CD select
button, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5
seconds.
To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button for
more than 1.5 seconds.
When this button is pushed while the compact
4-52 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA1851
With navigation system
1. AM·FM band select button
2. SAT button
3. DISC·AUX button
SAA3474
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-53
FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-
DISC (CD) PLAYER ance: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
GUID-C131FB44-F458-4E5F-863F-8282EA324CB7
For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera- To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, push
tion precautions” earlier in this section. the Audio control knob. When the display shows
the setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,
The satellite radio mode requires an active XM
Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio control
Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio is
knob to set the desired setting. For the other
not available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.
setting methods, see “How to use SETTING
It may take some time to receive the activation button” earlier in this section.
signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.
This vehicle has some sound effect functions as
After receiving the activation signal, an available
follows:
channel list will be automatically updated in the
radio. For XM, push the ignition switch from . Speed Sensitive Vol.
SAA1852 LOCK to ACC to update the channel list. For more details, see “Vehicle information and
Without navigation system settings” earlier in this section.
1. AM·FM band select button
Audio main operation
GUID-00A49DC2-4837-44E9-892D-DF21199AA14E
Switching the GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
display:
2. DISC button Head unit: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Models with navigation system
3. AUX/SAT band select button The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and
Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch the
high frequency ranges automatically in both
displays as follows:
radio reception and CD playback.
iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD ? Music Box® ?
ON·OFF/Volume control:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Bluetooth® Audio ? AUX ? iPod®/USB
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
. Models without navigation system
position, and then push the ON·OFF button
while the system is off to turn on the last audio Pushing the DISC button will switch the display
source (i.e. FM or CD), which was playing as follows:
immediately before the system was turned off. CD ? Music Box® ? CD
While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF Pushing the AUX button will switch the display
button turns the system off. as follows:
Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume. USB/iPod® ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? USB/
4-54 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
complete. the TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or Menu- Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
Categories feature. position and insert the Compact Disc (CD) into
5. Other buttons can be set in the same
. Favorite Artists & Songs the slot with the label side facing up. The CD will
manner.
Stores the current artist or song that is being be guided automatically into the slot and start
If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse playing.
played. Touch the “Alert” key to be reminded
opens, the radio memory will be erased. In that
when the stored artist or song is playing on a After loading the CD, the number of tracks on
case, reset the desired stations/channels.
station while listening to XM. the CD and the play time will appear on the
List (AM and FM radio) (models with . Categories display.
navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 Selecting a category will go to the first If the radio is already operating, it will auto-
When the “List” key on the display is selected channel in that category as defined by XM matically turn off and the CD will play.
while the FM or AM radio is being played, the Radio. If the system has been turned off while the CD
preset station list will be displayed. . Direct Tune was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and Inputs the channel number by using a start the CD.
held, the current station will be stored as the keypad. Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.
new preset.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Menu (XM Satellite Radio) (models with or PLAY:
When the “Text” key is selected with the multi- GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
navigation system): When the DISC·AUX or DISC (CD play) button
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 function controller on the display and then the
When the “Menu” key on the display is selected ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is pushed with the system off and the CD
while the XM Satellite Radio is being played, the is being played, the text information listed below loaded, the system will turn on and the CD will
menu list will be displayed. will be displayed on the screen. start to play.
The following items are available. When the DISC·AUX or DISC button is pushed
4-56 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
with the CD loaded and the radio playing, the Data Base) to acquire track information from . File title
radio will automatically be turned off and the CD the Gracenote Database, or set the priority . Song title
will start to play. to CD-TEXT to acquire the information from . Album title
CDs.
Menu (modelsGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
with navigation system): . Artist
. Automatic Recording (for CD)
When the “Menu” key on the display is selected
while the CD is being played, the menu screen When this item is turned on, the Music Box® Next/Previous Track and Fast
will be displayed. The following menu options hard drive/flash memory automatically starts Forward/Rewind: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
are available. recording when a CD is inserted.
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5
. Recording Quality (for CD) seconds while a CD is being played to fast
. Folder List (for CD with compressed audio
files) The larger number (132) will increase the forward or rewind through the track. When the
recorded sound quality while taking up more button is released, the CD will return to normal
Displays the folder list.
space on the Music Box® leaving less room play speed.
. Track List for more songs.
Displays the track list. When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5
For the details of Music Box®, see “Music Box®” seconds while a CD is being played, the next
. Play Mode later in this section. track on the CD will be played.
Select a play mode from the following items.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 When the REW button is pushed for less than
— Normal
When the “Text” key is selected in the screen 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-
using the multi-function controller and then the track started playing, the previous track will be
pressed audio files)
ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played.
— 1 Track Repeat played, the music information below will be When the REW button is pushed for less than
— 1 Disc Random displayed on the screen. 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
— 1 Folder Random (for CD with com- CD: current track started playing, the beginning of
pressed audio files) the current track will be played.
. Disc title
. Record to Music Box® (for CD)
. Track title
Select to choose specific songs on the CD REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM):
CD with compressed audio files:
to record to the Music Box®. When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is
. Title Text Priority (for CD) . Folder title
played, the play pattern can be changed as
Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc follows:
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-57
4-58 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
button again.
/ Commercial Skip:
DVD operationGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
keys:
This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR.
When the DVD is playing without the operation Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip forward or
screen being shown, you may use the touch backwards by the set amount as defined in the
screen to select items from the displayed video. DVD Settings menu.
You may also use the multifunction controller to
select an item from the displayed video. When Top Menu: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
the operation screen is being shown, use the When the “Top Menu” key is selected in the
multifunction controller or touch screen to select screen while a DVD is being played, the top
an item from the displayed menus. menu specific to each disc will be displayed. For
details, see the instructions on the disc.
PAUSE:
SAA2497 Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. To
resume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY” key.
Playing a DVD
GUID-E8CC217F-6D7F-4F38-96D5-04BF53DD1CF7
Display: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To adjust the image quality of the screen, select
the preferred adjustment items.
Audio: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred language for audio.
Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred language for subtitles.
Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,
DVD-VR): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or
“Cinema” modes.
SAA3557 SAA2500
Title List (DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the preferred title from the list. USB MEMORY OPERATION (if so File selection (models with navigation
Play Mode: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 equipped) GUID-1911C9E0-A85B-4796-B0E6-1983A3CCE23D system) GUID-8C3D41CC-4A4A-4890-99A6-A075C3299677
Select the preferred play mode. Audio main operation
GUID-EC470606-27FA-41BF-8B6E-3F3D06147A2A
When there are both audio and movie files in the
Open the console lid and connect a USB USB memory, the mode select screen is
PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
memory as illustrated. Then, push the DISC·AUX displayed. Select the preferred content to play.
Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.
or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB When there is only one type of file, the audio or
memory mode. movie operation screen is displayed and the file
If the system has been turned off while the USB will start to play.
memory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOL If playback of a video file is restricted to a
control knob will start the USB memory. specific number of times, a confirmation screen
will appear asking you if you want to play the file.
Answer yes or no as requested by the display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-61
4-62 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Play Mode
Select the preferred play mode.
Text (models without navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the “Text” key is selected on the screen
using the multi-function controller and then the
ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is
being played, the music information listed below
will be displayed on the screen.
. Folder title
. File title
. Song title
. Album Title
SAA2502 SAA2503
. Artist
Menu (modelsGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
with navigation system): Movie file operation (models with navi-
There are some options available during play- gation system)
GUID-457F5420-C299-43BB-8BF4-B9BDC6FFCBEC
back. Select one of the following options that Park the vehicle in a safe location for the
are displayed on the screen if necessary. Refer front seat occupants to operate the USB
to the following information for each item. memory while watching the images.
. Movie Playback
Switch to the movie playback mode. This PLAY: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
item is displayed only when a USB memory When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with the
contains movie files. system off and the USB memory inserted, the
. Folder List/Track List system will turn on.
Displays the folder or track list. The “Movie If another audio source is playing and a USB
Playback” key is also displayed in this list memory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX button
screen, and enables switching to the movie repeatedly until the center display changes to
playback mode. the USB memory mode.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-63
Pause
Select the “ ” key to pause the movie file. To
resume playing the movie file, select the “ ”
key.
Play
Select the “ ” key to start playing a movie file,
for example, after pausing a movie file. SAA2504
Example
STOP Settings: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select the “ ” key to stop playing a movie file. Select the “Settings” key to adjust the following
settings.
Skip (Next chapter) . Audio File Playback
Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of Switch to the audio playback mode. This
the disc forward. The chapters will advance the item is displayed only when the USB
number of times the ENTER button is pushed. memory contains the audio files.
. Play Mode
Skip (Previous chapter) Select the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat” play
Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) of mode.
the disc backward. The chapters will go back . 10 Key Search
the number of times the “ ” key is selected. Select the “10 Key Search” key to open the
number entry screen.
Input the number to be searched and select
4-64 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-65
Bluetooth trademark:
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-
censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
SAA2505 SAA2506
4-66 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
3. A confirmation screen will be displayed. 4. Choose a PIN code to use with the 5. The standby message screen will appear.
Select “No”. compatible Bluetooth audio device using Operate the compatible Bluetooth® audio
Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connect the the number input screen. The PIN code will device. For the connecting procedure of the
hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth® need to be entered into the Bluetooth® audio device, see the Bluetooth® audio
device. audio device after step 5. Select the “OK” instructions.
key. When the connecting is completed, the
screen will return to the Bluetooth® setup
display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-67
4-68 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
the U.S. and other countries. . First generation iPod touch® (firmware ver-
sion 2.1)
CompatibilityGUID-EAD69E7A-4C90-4E6D-AABE-42D8D2DFEF93
. Second generation iPod touch® (firmware
The following models are available: version 2.1.1)
Models with navigation system:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. First generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-
. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware 1.2.3 or sion 1.3.1)
later) . Second generation iPod nano® (firmware
. iPod classic® (firmware 1.1.1 or later) version 1.1.3)
. First generation iPod touch® (firmware 2.0.0 . Third generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-
or later) sion 1.1 PC)
. Second generation iPod touch® (firmware . Third generation iPhone® (firmware version
1.2.3 or later) 2.1)
SAA3344 . First generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.3.1 Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.
or later)
iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if so Audio main operation
. Second generation iPod nano® (firmware GUID-28472054-9448-47CD-BD59-B1639785F044
equipped) GUID-FD80F47E-8BB4-4D68-986A-C5731080C4CF 1.1.3 or later)
Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON
® position. Then, push the DISC·AUX button
Connecting iPod
GUID-A72BE860-589F-4B89-9C7B-C3DF3405040E
. Third generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.1 repeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.
Open the console lid and connect the iPod® or later)
If the system has been turned off while the iPod®
cable to the USB connector. If compatible, the . Fourth generation iPod nano® (firmware
was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button will
battery of the iPod® is charged while the 1.0.2 or later)
start the iPod®.
connection to the vehicle. Models without navigation system:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Depending on the version of the iPod®, the . Fifth generation iPod® (firmware version 1.3) or play:
display on the iPod® shows a NISSAN or . First generation iPod classic® (firmware
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushed
Accessory Attached screen when the connec- version 1.1.2 PC) with the system off and the iPod® connected,
tion is completed. When the iPod® is connected
. Second generation iPod classic® (firmware the system will turn on. If another audio source is
to the vehicle, the iPod® music library can only
version 2.0 PC) playing and the iPod® is connected, push the
be operated by the vehicle audio controls.
DISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the
* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in center display changes to the iPod® mode.
4-70 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Interface: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
seconds while the iPod® is playing to fast
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the forward or rewind through a track. When the
vehicle center display is similar to the iPod® button is released, the iPod® will return to the
interface. Use the multi-function controller and normal play speed.
the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod® When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5
with your favorite settings. seconds while the iPod® is being played, the
The following items can be chosen from the next track will be played. NOS2652
menu list screen. For further information about When the REW button is pushed for less than ®
each item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual. 1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current
Music Box GUID-58EEA799-0C8F-43D3-8A7D-7EBAEF5C935A
(if so equipped)
track started playing, the previous track will be The Music Box® hard drive/flash memory audio
. Now Playing
played. system can store songs from CDs being played.
. Playlists
The system has a 9.3 gigabyte (GB) storage
. Artists When the REW button is pushed for less than
capacity in models with navigation system or a
. Albums 1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the
2.0 GB (800 MB music storage capacity) in
current track started playing, the beginning of
. Songs models without navigation system.
the current track will be played.
. Podcasts The following CDs can be recorded in the Music
The multi-function controller can also be used to
. Genres Box® audio system.
select tracks when the iPod® is playing.
. Composers . CDs that contain uncompressed audio files
. Audiobooks REPEATGUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
(RPT), RANDOM (RDM): . Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (Hybrid
. Shuffle Songs CD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs
When the RPT button is pushed while a track is
The following touch-panel buttons shown on the (models with navigation system)
being played, the play pattern can be changed
screen are also available: as follows: . Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-
. : returns to the previous screen. cification in CD-Extras
. : plays/pauses the music selected. . First session of multisession disc
Extreme temperature conditions [below
Next/Previous Track and Fast −48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)] could
Forward/Rewind: affect the performance of the hard drive/
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
flash memory.
Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-71
SAA2612
Models without navigation system
4-72 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
If the title information of the track being recorded off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF
is stored either in the hard drive/flash memory or position, the recording also stops.
in the CD, the title is automatically displayed on
the screen. For title acquisition from the hard
drive/flash memory, music recognition technol-
ogy and related data are provided by Grace-
note®.
If a track is not recorded successfully due to the
CD skipping, the mark is displayed behind
the track number.
The Music Box® hard drive/flash memory cannot
perform recording under the following condi-
SAA2514
tions.
Models with navigation system . There is not enough space on the hard
drive/flash memory
. The number of albums reaches the maximum
of 500.
. The number of tracks reaches the maximum
of 3,000.
Automatic recording:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
If the “Automatic Recording” function is turned
on, recording starts when a CD is inserted. (See
“Music Box® settings” later in this section.)
Stopping recording:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
To stop the recording, select the “Stop REC”
key button by touching the screen or using the
SAA2613 multi-function controller.
Models without navigation system
If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turned
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-73
? 1 Album Random ? All Random ? (Normal) There are some options available by selecting
the “Menu” key on the screen during playback.
Tag Track (models with navigation system):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Select one of the following options that are
Select “Tag Track” key on the screen when a displayed on the screen if necessary.
track is being played. A menu will show the 5
available playlists. Select one of the playlists to Now Playing (models with navigation sys-
add the current song to that playlist. If a playlist tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
is not selectable (text is grayed out), it means Displays a track list to choose a preferred track
the song already exists in that playlist. for playback.
Music Library: GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
There are some options available during play-
back. Select one of the following options that
are displayed on the screen if necessary.
SAA2516
. Artists
Models with navigation system
Play tracks by an artist whose music is
currently being played. The artists are sorted
in alphabetical order.
. Albums
Play tracks in each album. The albums are
sorted in alphabetical order.
. All Songs
Play tracks from all recorded tracks. The
tracks are sorted in alphabetical order.
. Genres
Play tracks by a selected genre.
My Playlists (models with navigation sys-
SAA2725 tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Models without navigation system Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-75
necessary. Play Mode (models with navigation sys- Edit the displayed name and of a selected
Select the “Edit” key. tem): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
album and the track information on the
Choose the preferred play mode from the album.
The following items are available
following items. . Update Gracenote from USB Device
. Add Current Songs (models with navigation system)/
. Normal
Add a current track to the Playlist. Transfer Titles from USB (models with-
. 1 Album Repeat
. Add Songs by Album out navigation system)
. 1 Track Repeat
Displays a list of albums in alphabetical Update the in-vehicle Gracenote Database
order. Selecting an album displays all of the . 1 Playlist Random using a USB memory. Search the title from a
tracks in the album. Select tracks from the . 1 Artist Random information acquired on the Internet. Visit
list to add to the Playlist. . 1 Album Random www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.
. Add Songs by Artist . 1 All Track Random . Transfer Missing Titles to USB
Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order. . 1 All Random Transfer the information of an album re-
Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks Edit Music Information: corded without titles to a USB memory. Visit
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
by the artist. Select tracks from the list to www.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.
Displays the following information about the
add to the Playlist. . Update Gracenote from HDD (models
Music Box® hard drive/flash memory to edit if
. Edit Songs Order with navigation system)/Update Miss-
necessary.
Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select- ing Titles (models without navigation
. Edit Information of Current Song (mod- system)
ing a track and specifying the order.
els with navigation system)
. Edit Name Search the title using the database on the
Edit the “Track”, “Artist” and “Genre” in- hard drive/flash memory.
Edit the name of the Playlist using the
formation of the current track using the
keypad displayed on the screen. (See
keypad displayed on the screen. (See “How
“How to use multi-function controller” earlier
to use touch screen (models with navigation
in this section.)
system)” earlier in this section.)
. Delete Songs
Edit the “Mode” information by selecting
Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from from the list.
the displayed song list.
. Edit Information by Album (models
with navigation system)
4-76 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-77
and to perform other functions. You may use to track queries for statistical purposes. The WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE
Gracenote Data only by means of the intended purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi- OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-
End-User functions of this application or device. fier is to allow the Gracenote service to count NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the queries without knowing anything about who SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE
Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for you are. For more information, see the web page BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR
your own personal non-commercial use only. for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace- INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST
You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or note service. PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.
transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace- The Gracenote Software and each item of Copyright:
note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, Music recognition technology and related data
Gracenote makes no representations or warran- are provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE- ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracy
NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY industry standard in music recognition technol-
of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote ogy and related content delivery. For more
PERMITTED HEREIN. Servers. Gracenote reserves the right to delete information, please visit www.gracenote.com.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use data from the Gracenote Servers or to change
the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, data categories for any cause that Gracenote CD and music-related data from Gracenote,
and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Inc., copyright * C 2000-2009 Gracenote.
violate these restrictions. If your license termi- Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are Gracenote Software, copyright * C 2000-2009
nates, you agree to cease any and all use of the error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Gracenote. This product and service may
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin- practice one or more of the following U.S.
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide Patents: #5,987,525; #6,061,680;
rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft- you with new enhanced or additional data types #6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,
ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including all or categories that Gracenote may provide in the #6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, and
ownership rights. Under no circumstances will future and is free to discontinue its services at other patents issued or pending. Some services
Gracenote become liable for any payment to you any time. supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.
for any information that you provide. for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade-
rights under this Agreement against you directly NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF marks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and
in its own name. MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI- logotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote” logo
CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN- are trademarks of Gracenote.
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier
G E M E N T. G R A C E N OT E D O E S N OT
4-78 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA3342 SAA2496
Models with navigation system
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS (if so
equipped) GUID-031E6845-355E-4B94-AB0A-BC5D7A96E419
The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center
console. NTSC compatible devices such as
video games, camcorders and portable video
players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.
Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3
players, can also be connected to the system
through the auxiliary jacks.
The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-
tion purposes.
. Yellow - video input
. White - left channel audio input
SAA1567
Models without navigation system
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-79
4-80 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-
TROLS FORGUID-22E2AF45-BCF1-486C-9E1E-D414FA4A5EDE
AUDIO
Menu control switch (models with navi-
gation system) or audio tuning switch
(models without navigation system)
GUID-E19332CA-2DD3-40B8-A8C1-5572B6D8E8E7
While the display is showing a MAP (navigation
systems only), STATUS or Audio screen, tilt the
switch upward or downward to select a station,
track, CD or folder. For most audio sources,
tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5
seconds provides a different function than tilting
up/down for less than 1.5 seconds.
AM and FM radio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
will skip up or down through the preset
stations.
. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
will seek up or down to the next station.
. Pushing the menu control switch will show
SAA1854 SAA1855 the list of preset stations.
With navigation system Without navigation system XM Satellite Radio:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Source select switch
. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 seconds
2. Menu control switch (models with navigation
will skip up or down through the preset
system) or audio tuning switch (models without
navigation system) channels.
3. Volume control switch . Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 seconds
4. BACK switch will go to the next or previous category.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-81
4-82 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
CAUTION
. To avoid damaging or deforming the
antenna, be sure to remove the
antenna under the following condi-
tions.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-83
Once a cellular phone is connected to the in- . You will not be able to use a hands-free . If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
vehicle phone module, no phone connecting phone under the following conditions: seems to be malfunctioning, please visit
procedure is required anymore. Your phone is — Your vehicle is outside of the telephone www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-
automatically connected with the in-vehicle service area. shooting help.
phone module when the ignition switch is — Your vehicle is in an area where it is . Some cellular phones or other devices may
pushed to the ON position with the registered difficult to receive radio waves; such as in cause interference or a buzzing noise to
cellular phone turned on and carried in the a tunnel, in an underground parking come from the audio system speakers.
vehicle. garage, behind a tall building or in a Storing the device in a different location
You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth® mountainous area. may reduce or eliminate the noise.
cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module. — Your cellular phone is locked in order not . Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual
However, you can talk on only one cellular phone to be dialed. regarding the telephone pairing procedure
at a time. . When the radio wave reception is not ideal specific to your phone, battery charging,
The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup- or ambient sound is too loud, it may be cellular phone antenna, etc.
ports the phone commands, so dialing a phone difficult for the other party to hear your voice . The antenna display on the monitor will not
number using your voice is possible. For more during a call. Please close the windows if coincide with the antenna display of some
details, see “NISSAN voice recognition system possible. cellular phones.
(models with navigation system)” later in this . Immediately after the ignition switch is . Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as
section; page 4-108. pushed to the ON position, it may be possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as
Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone impossible to receive a call for a short well as to minimize its echoes.
System, refer to the following notes. period of time. . If reception between callers is unclear,
. Do not place the cellular phone in an area adjusting the incoming or outgoing call
. Set up the wireless connection between a
surrounded by metal or far away from the in- volume may improve the clarity.
compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle
phone module before using the Bluetooth® vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality
Hands-Free Phone System. degradation and wireless connection dis-
ruption.
. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phones
may not be recognized by the in-vehicle . While a cellular phone is connected through
phone module. Please visit the Bluetooth® wireless connection, the
battery power of the cellular phone may
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-
discharge quicker than usual.
mended phone list.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-85
REGULATORY INFORMATION
GUID-637CD407-3A96-45DC-9EC2-138DF3AB3D59
Bluetooth trademark:
FCC Regulatory information Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
GUID-980C0581-DEF4-49FF-B0B6-96D2C40F63F5 by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
. CAUTION: To maintain compliance with and licensed to Clarion Co., Ltd.
FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only
the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, VOICE COMMANDS
GUID-95F93972-653C-4AF6-9A16-78918A2B2EB1
modification, or attachments could damage You can use voice commands to operate various
the transmitter and may violate FCC regula- Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System features
tions. using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.
. Operation is subject to the following two For more details, see “NISSAN voice recogni-
conditions: tion system (models with navigation system)”
1. this device may not cause interference and later in this section; page 4-108.
2. this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause un-
desired operation of the device
IC RegulatoryGUID-01079428-1F15-46E5-849E-359B827B5F0D
information
. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation of the SAA3556
device.
CONTROL BUTTONS
. This Class B digital apparatus meets all GUID-D680FAE6-FA84-4969-8AAB-FFD5526FA772
4-86 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
PHONE SELECTION
GUID-8BA5FDCF-9589-4449-AFFB-E0894E8FE4FA
Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the
system. To switch to connect another cellular
phone, push PHONE button and select the
“Connected Phones” key. The registered cellular
phones are shown on the list. If you select a
cellular phone that is different from the one
currently connected, the newly selected phone
will be connected to the system.
VEHICLE PHONEBOOK
GUID-68E4156D-4E14-426F-984D-7A594DCD82E8
This vehicle has two phonebooks available for
hands-free use. Depending on the phone, the
SAA2519 SAA2520 system may automatically download the entire
cell phone’s phonebook into the “Handset
CONNECTING PROCEDURE
GUID-9BEACCEF-0959-46FA-A2F0-DCD12A86A6F3
2. When a PIN code appears on the screen, Phonebook”. For the details about downloading
1. Push the PHONE button or the button, operate the compatible Bluetooth® cellular a phonebook, see “Phone setting” later in this
and select the “Connect Phone” key. phone to enter the PIN code. section. If a phonebook does not automatically
The connecting procedure of the cellular download, the vehicle phonebook may be set for
phone varies according to each cellular up to 1,000 entries. This phonebook allows the
phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s recording of a name to speak while using voice
Manual for the details. You can also visit recognition.
www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or call
NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for
instructions on pairing NISSAN recom-
mended cellular phones.
When the connection process is completed,
the screen will return to the Phone menu
display.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-87
1. Push the PHONE button and select the 3. Choose the method for entering the phone- 5. Select the “Voicetag” key to record a name
“Vehicle Phonebook” key. book entry. For this example, select “Enter to speak when using the NISSAN Voice
2. Select the “Add New” key at the top of the Number by Keypad”. Recognition system.
screen. 4. Enter the digits and select the “OK” key. 6. Select the “Store” key and prepare to speak
(See “How to use touch screen (models the name after the tone.
with navigation system)” earlier in this 7. When the voicetag is successfully saved,
section.) select the “OK” key to save the phonebook
entry.
8. After the phonebook entry is saved, it will
show a screen that is ready to call the
number. Press the BACK button to return to
the Vehicle Phonebook.
There are different methods to input a phone
number. Select one of the following options
4-88 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2524 SAA2621
MAKING A CALL
GUID-268C7F12-43F5-442D-8D30-D077AC39D5F3
5. Select the “Call” key to start dialing the
To make a call, follow this procedure. number.
1. Push the PHONE button on the instrument There are different methods to make a call.
panel or the button on the steering Select one of the following options instead of
wheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear on “Handset Phonebook” in step 2 above.
the display. . Vehicle Phonebook
2. Select the “Handset Phonebook” key on the Select an entry stored in the Vehicle’s
“PHONE” menu. Phonebook.
3. Select the desired entry from the list. . Call History
Select an outgoing, incoming or missed call
4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the
downloaded from your cell phone (depend-
correct number from the list.
ing on your phone’s compatibility).
. Dial Number
Input the phone number manually using the
4-90 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
SAA2525
RECEIVING A CALL
GUID-42653916-6D28-452E-955E-41B0F21185E9
When you hear a phone ring, the display will
change to the incoming call mode. To receive a
call, perform one of the following procedures
listed below.
1. Select the “Answer” key.
2. Push the PHONE button on the instrument
panel.
3. Push the button on the steering wheel.
There are some options available when receiving
a call. Select one of the following displayed on
the screen.
. Answer
Accept an incoming call to talk.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-91
. Cancel Mute
This will appear after “Mute” is selected.
Mute will be canceled.
. Switch Call*
Select "Switch Call" to answer another
incoming call. By selecting “Hang up”, you
can end a call and can speak to a caller who
is on hold again.
* This function may not be usable, depend-
ing on the model of phone.
To adjust the person’s voice to be louder or
quieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)
SAA3587 on the steering wheel or turn the volume control SAA2527
knob on the instrument panel while talking on
DURING A CALL
GUID-D5E534B4-79AD-47EE-A712-C875FB7D0D2E
the phone. This adjustment is also available in PHONE SETTING
GUID-D54425C1-1203-405E-B905-91EAE449EB16
There are some options available during a call. the SETTING mode. To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
Select one of the following displayed on the System to your preferred settings, push the
screen if necessary. SETTING button on the instrument panel and
. Hang up select the “PHONE” key.
Finish the call. Edit Vehicle Phonebook
GUID-21A81C5C-FE0F-4748-BF7D-BEDE2E950243
. Use Handset To edit the vehicle phonebook, use the same
Transfer the call to the cellular phone. procedure as described in “Vehicle phonebook”
. Mute earlier in this section.
Mute your voice to the person.
. Keypad
Using the touch tone, send digits to the
connected party for using services such as
voicemail.
4-92 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Delete Phonebook
GUID-B23F862F-A65E-4F95-84BC-9789833A1AA6
Auto Download
GUID-E06F2D7C-62BE-4F19-B524-E8D96A701FD2
The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted When this item is activated, the phonebook of a
all at the same time or one by one. hands-free phone is automatically downloaded
at the same time that the hands-free phone is
Download Handset Phonebook
GUID-AE3AE8DD-860B-4FC7-8661-BD338EBFDC9F connected.
Download the contacts registered in a Blue-
tooth® cellular phone. Availability of this function
depends on each cellular phone. The memory
downloading procedure from the cellular phone
also varies according to each cellular phone.
See cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.
Volume GUID-7FCE50D7-0C2F-486D-8F1D-A438FEC3D023
The following kinds of phone volume can be set.
Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the
“Volume” key can also operate the same
settings.
. Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call
To increase or decrease the volume, select
the “Ringtone”, “Incoming Call” or “Out-
going Call” key and adjust it with the multi-
function controller.
. Automatic Hold
When this function is activated, an incoming
phone call is automatically held.
. Vehicle Ringtone
When this function is activated, a specific
ringtone that is different from the cellular
phone will sound when receiving a call.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-93
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-641DC97D-3665-4758-84C7-C9304D0F4562
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom Solution
1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN voice recognition system (models with navigation system)” later in this
section; page 4-108.)
2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.
System fails to interpret the command
3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.
correctly.
4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy to
use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.
5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.
The system consistently selects the 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Vehicle phonebook” earlier in this section.)
wrong voicetag. 2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.
The system cannot be operated. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).
4-94 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
battery power of the cellular phone may — Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/ IC Regulatory information
GUID-E1B77E88-A855-4E2C-B642-6ECCDD8F6A9E
discharge quicker than usual. 4DQPSK . Operation is subject to the following two
. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System — Number of Channel: 79 conditions: (1) this device may not cause
seems to be malfunctioning, please contact — This wireless equipment can’t be used interference, and (2) this device must accept
a NISSAN dealer. for any services related to safety because any interference, including interference that
. Some cellular phones or other devices may there is the possibility of radio interfer- may cause undesired operation of the
cause interference or a buzzing noise to ence. device.
come from the audio system speakers. REGULATORY INFORMATION . This Class B digital apparatus meets all
GUID-9DE078EF-726D-49EF-B39D-BF1565AB6772
Storing the device in a different location requirements of the Canadian Interference-
may reduce or eliminate the noise. FCC Regulatory information
GUID-FE63010D-70A5-414E-BEF2-21944E3AAE2E Causing Equipment Regulations.
. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manual . CAUTION: To maintain compliance with Bluetooth trademark:
regarding the telephone pairing procedure FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use only
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned
specific to your phone, battery charging, the supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna, by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.
cellular phone antenna, etc. modification, or attachments could damage and licensed to Visteon Cor-
. The antenna display on the monitor will not the transmitter and may violate FCC regula- poration.
coincide with the antenna display of some tions.
cellular phones. . Operation is subject to the following two
. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as conditions:
possible to hear the caller’s voice clearly as 1) this device may not cause interference
well as to minimize its echoes. and
. If reception between callers is unclear, 2) this device must accept any interference,
adjusting the incoming or outgoing call including interference that may cause
volume may improve the clarity. undesired operation of the device
. This wireless hands free car kit is based on
Bluetooth® technology,
— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz
— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P
4-96 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-97
4-98 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
COMMAND ACTION
“Call/Dial” “<name>” Dials the specified <name>.
“Call/Dial” “Redial” Dials the last number.
“Call” "Number"“<number>” Dials the specified <number>.
“Phonebook” “<name>” Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook.
“Phonebook” “List Names” Displays all the names in the phonebook.
“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry” Transfers the phonebook data to the system.
“Phonebook” “Delete Entry” Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.
“Connect Phone” “Software Version” Displays the software version of the system to be connected.
“Connect Phone” “Add Phone” Connects a cellular phone to the system.
“Connect Phone” “Select Phone” Selects a registered cellular phone.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” Deletes a registered cellular phone.
“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off” Turns the Bluetooth ® connection off.
“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone” Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones” Deletes all registered cellular phones.
“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones” Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.
4-100 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
PAIRING PROCEDURE
GUID-8FE25643-A97E-4548-872E-CB0777617257
3. Speak: “Add Phone”. The system acknowl- 4. When asked to enter a PIN code to connect
Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered. edges the command and asks you to initiate a Bluetooth® cellular phone, enter the code
connecting from the phone handset. “1234”.
1. Push the button on the steering wheel.
The system announces the available com- INFO: The code is always “1234” regardless of the
mands. The Add Phone command is not available number of phones paired.
2. Speak: “Connect Phone”. The system ac- when the vehicle is moving. The connecting procedure of a cellular
knowledges the command and announces phone varies according to each cellular
the next set of available commands. phone. See the cellular phone Owner’s
Manual for more information.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-101
4-102 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
5. Once the call has ended, press the . “Mute on/off” — Use the Mute command to
button on the steering wheel. mute the user’s voice so the other party
RECEIVING GUID-57B1C05B-C025-45A4-B4FF-608E19809C7D
A CALL cannot hear it.
Use the mute command again to unmute the
When the ring tone is heard, press the button on
user’s voice.
the steering wheel.
. “Transfer Handset” — Use the Transfer
Once the call has ended, press the button on
Handset command to transfer the call from
the steering wheel.
the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System
NOTE: to a cellular phone when privacy is desired.
To reject a call when the ring tone is heard, The system announces, “Transfer Handset.
press the button on the steering wheel. The call is transferred to the handset only.”
The system then ends the VR session.
The Transfer Call command can also be
SAA2581
issued again to return to a hands-free call
DURING A GUID-CE0CDD4C-6CBD-4C98-8B4D-19A60317ACF1
CALL through the vehicle.
During a call there are several command options . “Help” — The system announces the avail-
available. Press the button on the steering able commands.
wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter NOTE:
commands. If the other party ends the call or the
. “(digits)” — Use the Send command to enter cellular phone network connection is lost
numbers during a call. For example, if while the Mute feature is on, the Mute
directed to dial an extension by an auto- feature may need to be reset to “off.”
mated system:
Speak: “Sending one two three four.”
The system acknowledges the command
and sends the tones associated with the
numbers. The system then ends the VR
session and returns to the call.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-103
4-104 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
phonebook. When the system acknowl- specific number or all numbers in the
edges the command, the system announces phonebook. The system announces the
all voicetags registered in the system. names of the phone numbers already stored
Playback of the list can be stopped at any in the system. The system then gives the
time by pressing a button on the steering option to delete a specific number or all
wheel. The system ends the VR session. numbers. Once the user chooses to delete a
. Transfer Entry number or all numbers, the system asks the
user to confirm.
Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer
the phonebook data stored in a cellular . Help
phone to the system. The system announces the available com-
The system acknowledges the command mands.
and asks the user to initiate a transfer from
the phone handset. The new contact phone SAA2584
number will be transferred from the cellular
phone via a Bluetooth® communication link. Recent CallsGUID-09D30387-1DD9-49C9-9D99-152A26416184
The transfer procedure varies according to
. Incoming
each cellular phone. See the cellular phone
Owner’s Manual for more information. The Use the Incoming command to make a call
system repeats the number and prompts the viewing the list of incoming calls.
user for the next command. After entering . Missed
numbers, choose “Store.” Use the Missed command to make a call
The system confirms the name, location and viewing the list of missed calls.
number. The system then asks if the user . Outgoing
would like to store another location for the Use the Outgoing command to make a call
same name. If the user does not wish to viewing the list of outgoing calls.
store another location, the system ends the . Redial
VR session. Use the Redial command to dial the last
. Delete Entry outgoing call.
Use the Delete Entry command to delete a
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-105
system asks the user to confirm. . Bluetooth On/Off 5. Speak: "Voice Adaptation". The system
NOTE: Use the Bluetooth On/Off command to turn acknowledges the command and displays
on/off Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- the voice adaptation mode screen.
When the user deletes a phone, the
tem. 6. Voice memory A or memory B is selected
associated phone book for that phone will
also be deleted. . Help automatically. If both memory locations are
The system announces the available com- already in use, the system will prompt you to
. Replace Phone
mands. overwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-
Use the Replace Phone command to vided by the system.
change the priority level of the active phone. VOICE ADAPTATION MODE
GUID-EB7B2DD6-433A-4FB9-B38D-E7A89A3FA23D
The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two 7. When preparation is complete and you are
The priority level determines which phone is
users with different dialects to train the system ready to begin, press the button.
active when more than one paired Blue-
tooth® phone is in the vehicle. to improve recognition accuracy. By repeating a 8. The voice adaptation mode will be ex-
number of commands, the users can create a plained. Follow the instructions provided by
The system states the priority level of the
voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system.
active phone and asks for a new priority level
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5). the system. The system is capable of storing a 9. When training is finished, the system will tell
different voice adaptation model for each con- you an adequate number of phrases have
If the new priority level is already being used
nected phone. been recorded.
for another phone, the two phones will swap
priority levels. Training procedure
GUID-03C15AD1-22AD-4FC7-BA0F-5E4D948295C9
10. The system will ask you to say your name.
For example, if the current priority levels are: 1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet Follow the instructions to register your
outdoor location. name.
. Priority Level 1 = Phone A
. Priority Level 2 = Phone B 2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the engine 11. The system will announce that voice adapta-
running, the parking brake on, and the tion has been completed and the system is
. Priority Level 3 = Phone C
transmission in Park. ready.
and you change the priority level of Phone C to
Level 1, then: 3. Press the button. The voice adaptation mode will stop if:
. Priority Level 1 = Phone C 4. Speak: “Help”. The system acknowledges . The button is pressed in voice adapta-
the command and announces the next set of tion mode.
. Priority Level 2 = Phone B
available commands. . The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation
. Priority Level 3 = Phone A
mode.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-107
. The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-free Alternate Command Mode be turned off and
LOCK position. operation of the Phone, Navigation, Information Standard Mode be used for the best recognition
and Audio systems in one of two modes, performance.
Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode. For the voice commands for the navigation
In Standard Mode, commands that are available system, refer to the Navigation System Owner’s
are always shown on the display and announced Manual of your vehicle.
by the system. You can complete your desired For CrossCabriolet models:
operation by simply following the prompts given
by the system. (See “NISSAN voice recognition The voice recognition system cannot be oper-
Standard Mode” later in this section for details.) ated when the soft top is open.
For advanced operation, you can use the NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION
Alternate Command Mode. (See “NISSAN voice STANDARD GUID-E030B25F-1CD2-4F18-B605-1529B5C7136E
MODE
recognition Alternate Command Mode” later in The following section is applicable when the
this section for details.) When this mode is Standard Mode is activated.
active, an expanded list of commands can be The Standard Mode enables you to complete
spoken after pushing the TALK switch, and the desired operation by simply following the
the voice command menu prompts are turned prompts that appear on the display and also are
off. Review the expanded command list, which is announced by the system.
available when this mode is active. Note that in
this mode the recognition success rate may be
affected as the number of available commands
and the ways of speaking each command are
increased.
To switch one mode to another, see each mode
description later in this section.
To improve the recognition success rate when
Alternate Command Mode is active, try using the
Speaker Adaptation Function available in that
mode. Otherwise, it is recommended that
4-108 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Activating Standard Mode 4. Select the “Alternate Command Mode” key. 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument
GUID-F2E6660F-8E80-4F5D-AA44-9B414198AED8
5. The indicator turns off and the Standard panel.
When the Alternate Command Mode is active,
perform the following steps to switch to the Mode activates. 2. Select the “Others” key.
Standard Mode. Displaying user guide 3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.
GUID-DA284EE5-C938-46FB-900A-D8F2EF4AC93C
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition 4. Select the “User Guide” key.
panel. system for the first time or you do not know 5. Select a preferred item.
2. Select the “Others” key. how to operate it, you can display the User You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say
3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key. Guide for confirmation. “Help”.
You can confirm how to use voice commands by Available items:
accessing a simplified User Guide, which GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-109
. Let’s Practice
Mode that allows practicing by following the
instructions of the system voice.
. Using the Address Book
Tutorial for entering a destination by using
the Address Book.
. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)
Tutorial for entering a destination by street
address.
. Placing Calls
Tutorial for making a phone call by voice
command operation.
. Help on Speaking SAA2532 SAA2534
Displays useful tips of speaking for correct
command recognition by the system. Getting Started
GUID-8E74C2FA-8232-4120-A73B-E30247A3D6D7
Let’s Practice
GUID-D2C5D3E8-9A20-4A0A-93D2-F896102A95ED
Note that the Command List feature is only Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition This mode helps learn how to use the NISSAN
available when Alternate Command Mode is system for the first time, you can confirm how to Voice Recognition system.
active. use commands by viewing the Getting Started 1. Select the “Let’s Practice” key.
section of the User Guide.
2. After the message screen appears, push the
1. Select the “Getting Started” key. TALK switch on the steering wheel.
2. You can confirm the page by scrolling the 3. Speak the displayed number after the tone.
screen using the multi-function controller. The evaluation screen will be displayed and
Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN the result can be confirmed.
Voice Recognition system
If you choose “Using the Address Book”,
“Finding a Street Address” or “Placing Calls”,
you can view tutorials on how to perform these
operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition.
4-110 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
USING THEGUID-D457AF70-51D5-4946-BD37-9D7533EDCB6C
SYSTEM
Initialization GUID-C2A9686F-0E3D-46D4-96FD-D5DD636B0F5A
When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON
position, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-
lized, which may take up to one minute. When
completed, the system is ready to accept voice
commands. If the TALK switch is pushed
before the initialization completes, the display
will show the message: “System not ready.” or a
beep sounds.
Before starting
GUID-2B709626-C03F-42EC-8B91-8C2505F1D85F
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-111
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-113
Command List
GUID-E9D7C198-8137-4532-AE88-5276F85967A5
Category Command:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Phone Operates the Phone function
Navigation Operates the Navigation function
Information Displays the vehicle Information function
Audio Operates the Audio function.
Help Displays User Guide
. Phone Command:
Command Action
Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.
Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.
Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.
Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.
Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.
Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).
. Navigation Command:
Command Action
Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.
Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.
Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.
Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.
Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.
4-114 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
. Information Command:
Command Action
Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.
Maintenance Displays maintenance information.
Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Where am I? Displays your current location.
. Audio Command:
Command Action
AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
XM Turns to the XM Satellite band, selecting the channel last played.
Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system.
CD Starts to play a CD.
. General Commands
Command Action
Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.
Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-115
SAA1859 SAA2535
Example 1 - Placing a call to the phone 2. The system announces, “Would you like to
number 800-662-6200: access Phone, Navigation, Information,
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Push the TALK switch located on the Audio or Help?”
steering wheel. 3. Speak “Phone”.
4-116 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
4. Speak “Dial Number”. 5. Speak “8 0 0”. 6. The system announces, “Please say the next
Selecting the “Manual Controls” key three digits or dial, or say change number.”
switches the screen to the keypad to input 7. Speak “6 6 2”.
the phone number manually.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-117
4-118 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Example 2 - Placing an international call to 2. The system announces, “Would you like to 4. Speak “International Call”.
the phone number 011-81-111-222-3333: access Phone, Navigation, Information or
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
1. Push the TALK switch located on the Help?”
steering wheel. 3. Speak “Phone”.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-119
4-120 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Activating Alternate Command Mode 4. Highlight the “Alternate Command Mode” 1. Push the INFO button on the instrument
GUID-DADB4F72-1642-4515-AC01-1734D9750ECC
key. panel.
When the Standard Mode is active, perform the
following steps to switch to the Alternate 5. The confirmation message is displayed on 2. Select the “Others” key.
Command Mode. the screen. Push the “OK” key to activate 3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.
the Alternate Command Mode.
1. Push the SETTING button on the instrument 4. Select the “Command List” key.
panel. Displaying command list
GUID-314E1779-ABDB-4085-B1E2-655357365354
2. Highlight the “Others” key. If you are controlling the system by voice
3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key. commands for the first time or do not know the
appropriate voice command, perform the follow-
ing procedure for displaying the voice command
list (available only in Alternate Command Mode).
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-121
SAA2545 SAA2546
4-122 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Command List
GUID-DFC31FE2-061C-4D53-BCB4-D2B85CC4F2C9
The words in italics are variable.
Phone Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.
Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.
Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.
Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.
Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.
Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.
International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.
Call <named> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook. Please say “Call”
followed by a stored name.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-123
Navigation Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.
Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.
Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.
Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.
Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.
Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point.
Delete Destination Deletes a destination.
4-124 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Information Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.
Maintenance Displays maintenance information.
Where am I? Displays your current location.
Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.
Weather Information Displays weather information.
Weather Map Displays a weather map.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-125
Audio Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system.
CD Starts to play a CD.
FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.
AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.
XM Turns to the XM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.
USB Turns on the USB memory.
Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth® audio player.
4-126 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Help Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.
Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.
Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.
Information Commands Displays the information command list.
Help Commands Displays the help command list.
User Guide Displays the User Guide.
Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-127
General Commands:
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
Command Action
Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen
Exit Cancels Voice Recognition
4-128 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-129
SAA1859 SAA2548
Giving voiceGUID-B7313723-92BE-4A08-B8A5-C89291A65BDB
command 2. A list of commands appears on the screen,
and the system announces, “Please say a
1. Push and release the TALK switch
command”.
located on the steering wheel.
3. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
screen changes from to , speak a
command.
Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
. Voice commands cannot be accepted when
the icon is .
. The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting
the menu control switch on the steering
wheel.
. If the command is not recognized, the
system announces, “Please say again”.
4-130 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-131
4. Select the user whose voice is memorized 6. Select a category to be learned by the 8. The system requests that you repeat a
by the system. system from the following list. command after a tone.
5. Select the “Start Speaker Adaptation Learn- . Phone Commands 9. After the tone sounds and the icon on the
ing” key. . Navigation Commands screen changes from to , speak the
. Information Commands command that the system requested.
. Audio Commands
10. When the system has recognized the voice
. Help Commands
command, the voice of the user is learned.
The voice commands in the category are Push the switch or BACK button to return
displayed. to the previous screen.
7. Select a voice command and then push the If the system has learned the command cor-
ENTER button. rectly, the voice command status on the right
The voice recognition system starts. side of the command turns from “None” to
“Stored”.
4-132 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-133
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-792E17E1-BAFC-4A7C-A1A3-A5260FDE266A
The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for the
appropriate error.
Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.
Symptom/error message Solution
Displays “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED” or the 1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.
system fails to interpret the command correctly. 2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.
3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.
NOTE:
If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.
4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.
The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Bluetooth ® Hands-Free Phone
the phonebook. System (models with navigation system)” earlier in this section; page 4-84.)
2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.
The system cannot be operated. 1. Make sure that the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) is usable. If the soft top is not working, contact a NISSAN
dealer.
2. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).
3. Open and close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) before operating the system.
4-134 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems
pressure telltale. flat tire while driving). For additional information, see “Low tire pres-
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a . The low tire pressure warning light does not sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments and
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the automatically turn off when the tire pressure controls” section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring
system is not operating properly. The TPMS is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emer-
malfunction indicator is combined with the low recommended pressure, the vehicle must be gency” section.
tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi- to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire
pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure
WARNING
mately one minute and then remain continuously
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon gauge to check the tire pressure.
. If the low tire pressure warning light
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the . The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also illuminates while driving, avoid sud-
malfunction exists. When the malfunction indi- appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal den steering maneuvers or abrupt
cator is illuminated, the system may not be able display when the low tire pressure warning braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull
to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. light is illuminated and low tire pressure is off the road to a safe location and
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of detected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE stop the vehicle as soon as possi-
reasons, including the installation of replace- warning turns off when the low tire pressure ble. Driving with under-inflated tires
ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle warning light turns off. may permanently damage the tires
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning and increase the likelihood of tire
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale does not appear if the low tire pressure failure. Serious vehicle damage
after replacing one or more tires or wheels on warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS could occur and may lead to an
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or malfunction. accident and could result in serious
alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to . Tire pressure rises and falls depending on personal injury. Check the tire pres-
continue to function properly. the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation sure for all four tires. Adjust the tire
Additional information and the outside temperature. Low outside pressure to the recommended COLD
GUID-07B738A4-1137-4087-8AEB-CE89E2044A1C
temperature can lower the temperature of tire pressure shown on the Tire and
. The TPMS does not monitor the tire
the air inside the tire which can cause a Loading Information label to turn
pressure of the spare tire.
lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light
. The TPMS will activate only when the the low tire pressure warning light to OFF. If the light still illuminates
vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in while driving after adjusting the tire
(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. If you
a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a pressure for all four tires. have a flat tire, replace it with a
5-4 Starting and driving
spare tire as soon as possible. (See the emergency tire puncture repair . Facilities or electric devices using similar
“Flat tire” in the “6. In case of kit). radio frequencies are near the vehicle.
emergency” section for changing a . If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is
. NISSAN recommends using only
flat tire.) being used in or near the vehicle.
NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire
. When a spare tire is mounted or a Sealant provided with your vehicle. . If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/
wheel is replaced, the TPMS will not Other tire sealants may damage the AC converter is being used in or near the
function and the low tire pressure valve stem seal which can cause the vehicle.
warning light will flash for approxi- tire to lose air pressure (for models FCC Notice:
mately 1 minute. The light will equipped with the emergency tire For USA:
remain on after 1 minute. Contact puncture repair kit). This device complies with Part 15 of the
your NISSAN dealer as soon as FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
possible for tire replacement and/ following two conditions: (1) This device
or system resetting.
CAUTION may not cause harmful interference, and
. Replacing tires with those not ori- (2) this device must accept any interfer-
ginally specified by NISSAN could . The TPMS may not function properly ence received, including interference that
affect the proper operation of the when the wheels are equipped with may cause undesired operation.
TPMS. tire chains or the wheels are buried Note: Changes or modifications not ex-
. Do not inject any tire liquid or in snow. pressly approved by the party responsible
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, . Do not place metalized film or any for compliance could void the user’s
as this may cause a malfunction of metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the authority to operate the equipment.
the tire pressure sensors (for mod- windows. This may cause poor re- For Canada:
els not equipped with the emer- ception of the signals from the tire
gency tire puncture repair kit). This device complies with RSS-210 of
pressure sensors, and the TPMS will
Industry Canada. Operation is subject to
. If you used the Emergency Tire not function properly.
the following two conditions: (1) this
Sealant to repair a minor tire punc- device may not cause interference, and
ture, your NISSAN dealer will also Some devices and transmitters may temporarily (2) this device must accept any interfer-
need to replace the TPMS sensor in interfere with the operation of the TPMS and ence, including interference that may
addition to repairing or replacing cause the low tire pressure warning light to cause undesired operation of the device.
the tire (for models equipped with illuminate. Some examples are:
Starting and driving 5-5
AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an properly wearing a seat belt.
OVER unbelted or improperly belted person is Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”
GUID-E6266578-BC57-4E10-9E60-9119C21F2B7D
significantly more likely to be injured or later in this section.
killed than a person properly wearing a
WARNING seat belt. OFF-ROAD GUID-0B9EF0FC-7FF7-4BD7-8DAD-AD0B0D563DF6
RECOVERY
While driving, the right side or left side wheels
Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe
ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD
may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this
and prudent manner may result in loss DRIVING PRECAUTIONS
GUID-3F74B5AC-3060-4F11-A9FF-736430251ABC occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by
of control or an accident. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher following the procedure below. Please note that
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. this procedure is only a general guide. The
Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey They have higher ground clearance than pas- vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on
all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, senger cars to make them capable of performing the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.
high speed cornering, or sudden steering in a variety of on-pavement and off-road 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
maneuvers, because these driving practices applications. This gives them a higher center of
2. Do not apply the brakes.
could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. gravity than ordinary cars. An advantage of
As with any vehicle, a loss of control could higher ground clearance is a better view of the 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel
result in a collision with other vehicles or road, allowing you to anticipate problems. with both hands and try to hold a straight
objects, or cause the vehicle to rollover, However, they are not designed for cornering course.
particularly if the loss of control causes the at the same speeds as conventional passenger 4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-
vehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at all cars any more than low-slung sports cars are erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.
times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the
when under the influence of alcohol or drugs conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle
(including prescription or over-the-counter abrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive
drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always As with other vehicles of this type, failure to the vehicle back onto the road surface until
wear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seat operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss vehicle speed is reduced.
belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and of control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts help
reduce the risk of injury in collisions and 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the
supplemental restraint system” section of this
rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or steering wheel until both tires return to the
manual, and also instruct your passengers to do
improperly belted person is significantly more road surface. When all tires are on the road
so.
likely to be injured or killed than a person surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the
Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in appropriate driving lane.
5-6 Starting and driving
. If you decide that it is not safe to return 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and
the vehicle to the road surface based on WARNING either contact a roadside emergency service
vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu- to change the tire or see “Changing a flat
ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe The following actions can increase the tire (Hardtop models)” in the “6. In case of
place off the road. chance of losing control of the vehicle if emergency” section of this Owner’s Manual.
RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS
GUID-E28673F5-7D64-42E9-870E-85BE9AF08E4C
there is a sudden loss of tire air DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND
Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can pressure. Losing control of the vehicle DRIVING GUID-7A928DD8-EFC8-4928-9868-B5AB0AAD1681
occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due may cause a collision and result in
to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure personal injury.
loss can also be caused by driving on under- . The vehicle generally moves or pulls
WARNING
inflated tires. in the direction of the flat tire.
Never drive under the influence of
Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling . Do not rapidly apply the brakes. alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-
and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway stream reduces coordination, delays
. Do not rapidly release the accelera-
speeds. reaction time and impairs judgement.
tor pedal.
Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main- Driving after drinking alcohol increases
. Do not rapidly turn the steering
taining the correct air pressure and visually the likelihood of being involved in an
wheel.
inspect the tires for wear and damage. See accident injuring yourself and others.
“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance and Additionally, if you are injured in an
1. Remain calm and do not overreact.
do-it-yourself” section of this manual. accident, alcohol can increase the se-
2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel verity of the injury.
If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”
with both hands and try to hold a straight
while driving maintain control of the vehicle by
course.
following the procedure below. Please note that NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,
this procedure is only a general guide. The 3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel- you must choose not to drive under the influence
vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle. of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are
the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.
off the road and away from traffic if possible. Although the local laws vary on what is
5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is
stop the vehicle. that alcohol affects all people differently and
most people underestimate the effects of
Starting and driving 5-7
alcohol. . Do not drive across steep slopes. . Heavy braking going down a hill
Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And Instead drive either straight up or could cause your brakes to overheat
that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, straight down the slopes. Off-road and fade, resulting in loss of control
prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if vehicles can tip over sideways much and an accident. Apply brakes
your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by more easily than they can forward or lightly and use a low range to
alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition. backward. control your speed.
DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
GUID-88B76DB7-2FA7-49FD-B795-D52F3FD6E561
. Many hills are too steep for any . Unsecured cargo can be thrown
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and vehicle. If you drive up them, you around when driving over rough
off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep may stall. If you drive down them, terrain. Properly secure all cargo
water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly you may not be able to control your so it will not be thrown forward
designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional speed. If you drive across them, you and cause injury to you or your
off-road vehicle. may roll over. passengers.
Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod- . Do not shift ranges while driving on . To avoid raising the center of gravity
els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive downhill grades as this could cause excessively, do not exceed the rated
(AWD) models for rough road driving and loss of control of the vehicle. capacity of the roof rack (if so
extrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, or . Stay alert when driving to the top of equipped) and evenly distribute the
the like. a hill. At the top there could be a load. Secure heavy loads in the
drop-off or other hazard that could cargo area as far forward and as
Please observe the following precautions:
cause an accident. low as possible. Do not equip the
vehicle with tires larger than speci-
. If your engine stalls or you cannot
WARNING make it to the top of a steep hill,
fied in this manual. This could cause
your vehicle to roll over.
never attempt to turn around. Your
. Drive carefully when off the road vehicle could tip or roll over. Always . Do not grip the inside or spokes of
and avoid dangerous areas. Every back straight down in R (Reverse) the steering wheel when driving off-
person who drives or rides in this range. Never back down in N (Neu- road. The steering wheel could
vehicle should be seated with their tral), using only the brake, as this move suddenly and injure your
seat belt fastened. This will keep could cause loss of control. hands. Instead drive with your fin-
you and your passengers in position gers and thumbs on the outside of
when driving over rough terrain. the rim.
5-8 Starting and driving
. Before operating the vehicle, ensure ment even if the other two wheels belted or radial), and tread pattern
that the driver and all passengers are raised off the ground. Make sure on all four wheels. Install tire chains
have their seat belts fastened. you inform test facility personnel on the front wheels when driving on
. Always drive with the floor mats in that your vehicle is equipped with slippery roads and drive carefully.
place as the floor may became hot. AWD before it is placed on a . Be sure to check the brakes imme-
dynamometer. Using the wrong test diately after driving in mud or water.
. Lower your speed when encounter-
equipment may result in drivetrain See “Brake system” later in this
ing strong crosswinds. With a higher
damage or unexpected vehicle section for wet brakes.
center of gravity, your NISSAN is
movement which could result in
more affected by strong side winds. . Avoid parking your vehicle on steep
serious vehicle damage or personal
Slower speeds ensure better vehicle hills. If you get out of the vehicle
injury. (AWD models)
control. and it rolls forward, backward or
. When a wheel is off the ground due sideways, you could be injured.
. Do not drive beyond the perfor-
to an unlevel surface, do not spin
mance capability of the tires, even . Whenever you drive off-road
the wheel excessively.
with AWD engaged. through sand, mud or water as deep
. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering as the wheel hub, more frequent
. For AWD equipped vehicles, do not
maneuvers or sudden braking may maintenance may be required. See
attempt to raise two wheels off the
cause loss of control. the maintenance information in the
ground and shift the transmission to
any drive or reverse position with . If at all possible, avoid sharp turning “NISSAN Service and Maintenance
the engine running. Doing so may maneuvers, particularly at high Guide”.
result in drivetrain damage or un- speeds. Your vehicle has a higher . Spinning the front wheels on slip-
expected vehicle movement which center of gravity than a conventional pery surfaces may cause the AWD
could result in serious vehicle da- passenger car. The vehicle is not warning light to flash and the AWD
mage or personal injury. designed for cornering at the same system to automatically switch from
speeds as conventional passenger the AWD mode to the 2WD mode.
. Do not attempt to test an AWD
cars. Failure to operate this vehicle This could reduce traction. Be espe-
equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-
correctly could result in loss of cially careful when towing a trailer.
namometer (such as the dynam-
control and/or a rollover accident. (AWD models)
ometers used by some states for
emissions testing), or similar equip- . Always use tires of the same type,
size, brand, construction (bias, bias-
Starting and driving 5-9
cle.
WARNING . Never leave the Intelligent Key in-
side the vehicle when you leave the
Do not operate the push-button ignition vehicle.
switch while driving the vehicle except
in an emergency. (The engine will stop
when the ignition switch is pushed 3
consecutive times in quick succession
or the ignition switch is pushed and
held for more than 2 seconds.) If the
engine stops while the vehicle is being
driven, this could lead to a crash and
serious injury.
SSD0436
the P (Park) position. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is
INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
GUID-4506DE24-E655-4EE7-84B3-EA31D89241BD within the specified operating range * 1 .
The Intelligent Key system can operate the
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost
ignition switch without taking the Intelligent
discharged or strong radio waves are present
Key out from your pocket or purse. The
near the operating location, the Intelligent Key
operating environment and/or conditions may
system’s operating range becomes narrower
affect the Intelligent Key system operation.
and may not function properly.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating
CAUTION range, it is possible for anyone, even someone
who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push
. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key the ignition switch to start the engine.
with you when operating the vehi-
. The cargo/trunk area is not included in the until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)
operating range, but the Intelligent Key may position.
function. When the ignition switch cannot be pushed
. If the Intelligent Key is placed on the toward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:
instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, inside
1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)
the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent
position.
Key may not function.
2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.
. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door
(The ignition switch position indicator will
or window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent
not illuminate.)
Key may function.
3. Open the door. The ignition switch will
change to the LOCK position.
The selector lever can be moved from the P
SSD1021
(Park) position if the ignition switch is in
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH the ON position and the brake pedal is
OPERATIONGUID-0FA0E46E-E6F4-42C7-B398-B61C483B7F1B depressed.
When the ignition switch is pushed without If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch the push-button ignition switch cannot be
position will change as follows: turned from the LOCK position.
. Push center once to change to ACC. Some indicators and warnings for operation are
displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display
. Push center two times to change to ON.
between the speedometer and tachometer. (See
. Push center three times to change to OFF. “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.
(No position illuminates.) Instruments and controls” section.)
. Push center four times to return to ACC.
. Open or close any door to return to LOCK
during the OFF position.
The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition
switch position cannot be switched to LOCK
the Intelligent Key out of the port. . Make sure the area around the vehicle is 1. Apply the parking brake.
NOTE: clear. 2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N
. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool- (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)
The key port does not charge the key
ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid as
battery. If you see the low battery indicator The starter is designed not to operate unless
frequently as possible, or at least whenever
in the dot matrix liquid crystal display, the selector lever is in either of the above
you refuel.
replace the battery as soon as possible. positions.
(See “Intelligent key battery replacement” . Check that all windows and lights are clean.
3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.
in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” . Visually inspect tires for their appearance
Depress the brake pedal and push the
section.) and condition. Also check tires for proper
ignition switch to start the engine.
inflation.
To start the engine immediately, push and
. Lock all doors.
CAUTION . Position seats and adjust head restraints/
release the ignition switch while depressing
the brake pedal with the ignition switch in
. Never place anything except the headrests.
any position.
Intelligent Key in the key port. Doing . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. . If the engine is very hard to start in
so may cause damage to the equip- . Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to extremely cold weather or when restart-
ment. do likewise. ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little
. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in . Check the operation of warning lights when (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while
the correct direction when inserting the ignition switch is pushed to the ON holding, crank the engine. Release the
it to the key port. The engine may position. (See “Warning/indicator lights and accelerator pedal when the engine starts.
not start if it is in the incorrect audible reminders” in the “2. Instruments . If the engine is very hard to start because
direction. and controls” section.) it is flooded, depress the accelerator
. Remove the Intelligent Key from the pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.
key port after the ignition switch is Push the ignition switch to the ON
pushed to the OFF position. position to start cranking the engine.
After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by
pushing the ignition switch to OFF. After
cranking the engine, release the accel-
erator pedal. Crank the engine with your
foot off the accelerator pedal by
Starting and driving 5-13
CAUTION WARNING
. When stopping the vehicle on an Apply the parking brake if the selector
uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle lever is in any position while the engine
by depressing the accelerator pedal. is not running. Failure to do so could
The foot brake should be used for cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly
this purpose. or roll away and result in serious
. Do not downshift abruptly on slip- personal injury or property damage.
pery roads. This may cause a loss of
control.
CAUTION
SSD0691
Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position
To move the selector lever, only when the vehicle is completely
: *
Push the button A while depressing the stopped.
brake pedal.
: *
Push the button A . P (Park): GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
: Just move the selector lever.
Use this selector position when the vehicle is
Shifting parked or when starting the engine. Make sure
GUID-D5026A04-B5E5-49C1-B727-309E2651B4AE
the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake
After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
pedal must be depressed and the selector
pedal, push the selector lever button and move
lever button pushed in to move the selec-
the selector lever from the P (Park) position to
tor lever from N (Neutral) or any drive
any of the desired shift positions.
position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.
When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake
first, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)
position.
switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 4. Push down the shift lock release *
B using a
seconds. Then place the ignition switch suitable tool.
back in the ON position. The vehicle should 5. Push the selector lever button *C and move
return to its normal operating condition. If the selector lever to the N (Neutral) position
it does not return to its normal operating *D while holding down the shift lock
condition, have a NISSAN dealer check the release.
transmission and repair if necessary.
The vehicle may be moved to the desired
location.
WARNING Replace the removed shift lock release cover
after the operation.
When the high fluid temperature pro-
If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the
tection mode or fail-safe operation
P (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer check
occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually SSD0693 the CVT system as soon as possible.
reduced. The reduced speed may be
lower than other traffic, which could Shift lock release
increase the chance of a collision. Be GUID-4E0BBA67-0709-45D4-82B6-4589F6D64379
If the battery charge is low or discharged, the WARNING
especially careful when driving. If ne-
selector lever may not be moved from the P
cessary, pull to the side of the road at a If the selector lever cannot be moved
(Park) position even with the brake pedal
safe place and allow the transmission from the P (Park) position while the
depressed and the selector lever button pushed.
to return to normal operation, or have it engine is running and the brake pedal
repaired if necessary. To move the selector lever, perform the following is depressed, the stop lights may not
procedure: work. Malfunctioning stop lights could
1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK cause an accident injuring yourself and
position. others.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Remove the shift lock release cover *
A
using a suitable tool.
. on winding or hilly roads accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the
set speed.
. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,
etc.) . To pass another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the
. in very windy areas pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle set speed.
control and result in an accident. . The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
on winding or hilly roads. If this happens,
drive without the cruise control.
To cancel the preset speed, use one of the
following methods:
1. Push the CANCEL switch.
SSD0694 2. Tap the brake pedal.
1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE light
2. SET/COAST switch will turn off.
3. CANCEL switch . If you depress the brake pedal while pushing
4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch the RESUME/ACCELERATE or SET/
CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS
GUID-674D4903-B7FA-430D-83D5-F523C0724370
COAST switch and reset at the cruising
The cruise control allows driving at a speed speed, the cruise control will disengage.
between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn
without keeping your foot on the accelerator it on again.
pedal. . The cruise control will automatically cancel if
the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13
To turn on the cruise control, push the MAIN
km/h) below the set speed.
switch on. The CRUISE indicator light will
illuminate. . If you move the selector lever to the N
(Neutral) position, the cruise control will be
To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle
canceled.
to the desired speed, push the SET/COAST
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one
switch and release it. Take your foot off the
Starting and driving 5-19
WARNING SSD0336B
LOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper- The AWD warning light is located in the meter.
ate the AWD LOCK switch when The AWD warning light illuminates when the
making a turn or backing up. ignition switch is pushed to the ON position. It
. Do not operate the AWD LOCK turns off soon after the engine is started.
switch with the front wheel spin- If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system
while the engine is running, the warning light will checked by a NISSAN dealer as
come on. soon as possible.
The warning light may blink rapidly (about twice . The powertrain may be damaged if
per second) while trying to free a stuck vehicle you continue driving with the warn-
due to high powertrain oil temperature. The ing light blinking.
driving mode may change to 2WD. The AUTO
mode may change to the LOCK mode before the . Never drive on dry hard surface
warning light blinks. If the warning light blinks roads in the LOCK mode, as this
rapidly during operation, stop the vehicle with will overload the powertrain and
the engine idling in a safe place immediately. may cause a serious malfunction.
Then if the light turns off after a while, you can
continue driving.
A large difference between the diameters of
front and rear wheels will make the warning light
blink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pull
off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.
Check that all tire sizes are the same, tire
pressure is correct and tires are not worn.
CAUTION
. If the warning light remains on after
the above operation, have your
vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
as soon as possible.
. If the warning light comes on while
driving there may be a malfunction
in the AWD system. Reduce the
vehicle speed and have your vehicle
Starting and driving 5-23
PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS
GUID-6A33C11E-91A4-41FA-95B0-22BCFAAF7D4F
3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into
traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good
practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.
. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: * 1
Turn the wheels into the curb and move
the vehicle forward until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: * 2
Turn the wheels away from the curb and
move the vehicle back until the curb side
wheel gently touches the curb.
. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO
CURB: * 3
SSD0488 Turn the wheels toward the side of the
road so the vehicle will move away from
the center of the road if it moves.
go and cannot be moved without
WARNING depressing the foot brake pedal. 4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK
position.
. Never leave the engine running
. Do not stop or park the vehicle over
while the vehicle is unattended.
flammable materials such as dry
grass, waste paper or rags. They . Do not leave children unattended
may ignite and cause a fire. inside the vehicle. They could un-
knowingly activate switches or con-
. Safe parking procedures require
trols. Unattended children could
that both the parking brake be set
become involved in serious acci-
and the transmission placed into P
dents.
(Park). Failure to do so could cause
the vehicle to move unexpectedly or
1. Firmly apply the parking brake.
roll away and result in an accident.
Make sure the selector lever has 2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
been pushed as far forward as it can position.
5-24 Starting and driving
Normal operation The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system keep the vehicle on the steered path.
GUID-2399D9B9-0F57-4BAD-9F01-56588EEEEE14
uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs . You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal
The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH
and vehicle motion. Under certain driving con- and hear a noise or vibration from under the
(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to
ditions, the VDC system helps to perform the hood. This is normal and indicates that the
road conditions.
following functions. VDC system is working properly.
When the ABS senses that one or more wheels
. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel . Adjust your speed and driving to the road
are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly
slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is conditions.
applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This
transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on See “Slip indicator light” in the “2. Instruments
action is similar to pumping the brakes very
the same axle. and controls” section and “Vehicle Dynamic
quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake
pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or . Controls brake pressure and engine output Control (VDC) off indicator light” in the “2.
feel a vibration from the actuator when it is to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle Instruments and controls” section.
operating. This is normal and indicates that the speed (traction control function). If a malfunction occurs in the system, the
ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa- . Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and indicator lights come on in the
tion may indicate that road conditions are and engine output to help the driver maintain instrument panel. The VDC system automatically
hazardous and extra care is required while control of the vehicle in the following turns off when these indicator lights are on.
driving. conditions:
The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC
— understeer (vehicle tends to not follow system. The VDC off indicator illuminates to
the steered path despite increased indicate the VDC system is off. When the VDC
steering input) switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC
— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to system still operates to prevent one drive wheel
certain road or driving conditions). from slipping by transferring power to a non
The VDC system can help the driver to maintain slipping drive wheel. The indicator flashes if
control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and
of vehicle control in all driving situations. the indicator will not flash. The VDC system
When the VDC system operates, the is automatically reset to on when the ignition
indicator in the instrument panel flashes so note switch is placed in the OFF position then back
the following: to the ON position.
. The road may be slippery or the system may The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature
determine some action is required to help that tests the system each time you start the
Starting and driving 5-27
engine and move the vehicle forward or in indicator lights may illuminate. . If wheels or tires other than the
reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test NISSAN recommended ones are
occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel . If brake related parts such as brake
pads, rotors and calipers are not used, the VDC system may not
a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and operate properly and the indi-
is not an indication of a malfunction. NISSAN recommended or are extre-
mely deteriorated, the VDC system cator may flash or both and
may not operate properly and both indicator lights may illuminate.
WARNING and indicator lights may . The VDC system is not a substitute
illuminate. for winter tires or tire chains on a
. The VDC system is designed to help . If engine control related parts are snow covered road.
the driver maintain stability but not NISSAN recommended or are
does not prevent accidents due to extremely deteriorated, both the
abrupt steering operation at high and indicator lights may
speeds or by careless or dangerous illuminate.
driving techniques. Reduce vehicle
. When driving on extremely inclined
speed and be especially careful
surfaces such as higher banked
when driving and cornering on slip-
corners, the VDC system may not
pery surfaces and always drive care-
operate properly and the indi-
fully.
cator may flash or both and
. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen- indicator lights may illuminate. Do
sion. If suspension parts such as not drive on these types of roads.
shock absorbers, struts, springs,
. When driving on an unstable sur-
stabilizer bars, bushings and
face such as a turntable, ferry,
wheels are not NISSAN recom-
elevator or ramp, the indicator
mended for your vehicle or are
may flash or both and
extremely deteriorated the VDC sys-
indicator lights may illuminate. This
tem may not operate properly. This
is not a malfunction. Restart the
could adversely affect vehicle hand-
engine after driving onto a stable
ling performance, and the in-
surface.
dicator may flash or both and
6 In case of emergency
. Do not inject any tire liquid or CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (Hardtop . Never change tires when the vehicle
aerosol tire sealant into the tires, models) GUID-2556453E-6860-4E75-99C5-BC1B96104DFB is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.
as this may cause a malfunction of If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions This is hazardous.
the tire pressure sensors (for mod- below. . Never change tires if oncoming
els not equipped with the emer- traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait
gency tire puncture repair kit). Stopping theGUID-E4EE9E45-D178-479D-91CE-31CB9A6D16A8
vehicle
for professional road assistance.
. If you used the Emergency Tire 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
Sealant to repair a minor tire punc- away from traffic.
ture, your NISSAN dealer will also 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
need to replace the TPMS sensor in 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
addition to repairing or replacing brake. Move the selector lever to the P
the tire (for models equipped with (Park) position.
the emergency tire puncture repair
4. Turn off the engine.
kit).
5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and to
. NISSAN recommends using only
signal professional road assistance person-
NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire
nel that you need assistance.
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the 6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle
valve stem seal which can cause the and stand in a safe place, away from traffic
tire to lose air pressure (for models and clear of the vehicle.
equipped with the emergency tire
puncture repair kit).
WARNING
. Make sure the parking brake is
securely applied and the transmis-
sion is shifted into the P (Park)
position.
MCE0001A SCE0854
Type A
Blocking wheels
GUID-591F1C44-25E0-41F8-A3D8-BF31D93FB210
Place suitable blocks * 1 at both the front and
back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat
tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is
jacked up.
WARNING
Be sure to block the wheel as the
vehicle may move and result in personal
injury.
SCE0715
Type B
4. Type A:
Remove the cargo floor board.
Type B:
Turn the clips counterclockwise and remove
the cargo floor box.
SCE0853 SCE0716
Type B Jacking tools
5. Type B: 6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.
Open the cargo floor board. Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,
then remove the other tools.
WARNING
. Never get under the vehicle while it
is supported only by the jack. If it is
necessary to work under the vehicle,
support it with safety stands.
. Use only the jack provided with your
vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use
the jack provided with your vehicle
SCE0700 SCE0630 on other vehicles. The jack is de-
Spare tire (if so equipped) signed for lifting only your vehicle
Spare tire: Turn the clamp to remove the tire. Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)
GUID-E9EED2F7-FDF0-4055-A2AE-76E61B2670DA
during a tire change.
. Use the correct jack-up points.
WARNING Never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
Never use your hands to remove the . Never jack up the vehicle more than
wheel cover. This may cause personal necessary.
injury. . Never use blocks on or under the
jack.
To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod *
1
. Do not start or run the engine while
as illustrated. vehicle is on the jack, as it may
Apply cloth *2 between the wheel and jack rod cause the vehicle to move.
to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover. . Do not allow passengers to stay in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
SCE0572
Jack-up point
1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up
point as illustrated so the top of the jack
contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.
Align the jack head between the two
notches in the front or the rear as shown.
Also fit the groove of the jack head between
the notches as shown.
The jack should be used on level firm
ground.
SCE0039
SCE0751
than 2 times, until they are tight. is recommended that wheel nuts be accident or sudden stop.
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire tightened to specifications at each
lubrication interval. . The T-type spare tire and small size
touches the ground. Then, with the wheel spare tire are designed for emer-
nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD gency use. See specific instructions
in the sequence as illustrated. Lower the pressure. under the heading “Wheels and
vehicle completely. COLD pressure: tires” in the “8. Maintenance and
After the vehicle has been parked do-it-yourself” section.
WARNING for three hours or more or driven
less than 1 mile (1.6 km). REPAIRING FLAT TIRE (CrossCabriolet
. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly models)
COLD tire pressures are shown on GUID-D9962E43-FAC1-47B3-95F5-3D1669BC7013
tightened wheel nuts can cause the
the Tire and Loading Information
wheel to become loose or come off.
This could cause an accident.
label affixed to the driver side center WARNING
pillar.
. Do not use oil or grease on the . After using Emergency Tire Sealant
wheel studs or nuts. This could Stowing the damaged tire and the tools
GUID-5F970DF2-6B95-4075-80AB-901E39A1729F to repair a minor tire puncture, do
cause the nuts to become loose. 1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack and not drive the vehicle at speeds
. Retighten the wheel nuts when the tools in the storage area. faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).
vehicle has been driven for 600 2. Replace the cargo box. . Immediately after using the Emer-
miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a 3. Close the cargo floor board. gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor
flat tire, etc.). tire puncture, take your vehicle to a
4. Close the lift gate.
NISSAN dealer to inspect, and re-
. As soon as possible, tighten the pair or replace the tire. The Emer-
wheel nuts to the specified torque WARNING gency Tire Sealant cannot
with a torque wrench. permanently seal a punctured tire.
Wheel nut tightening torque: . Always make sure that the spare tire Continuing operation of the vehicle
80 ft-lb (108 N·m) and jacking equipment are properly without a permanent tire repair can
secured after use. Such items can lead to a crash.
The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-
become dangerous projectiles in an
tened to specification at all times. It
In case of emergency 6-9
. If you used the Emergency Tire — when the sealant has passed its
Sealant to repair a minor tire punc- CAUTION expiration date (shown on the
ture, your NISSAN dealer will also label attached to the bottle)
need to replace the TPMS sensor in . To avoid the emergency tire punc-
— when the cut or the puncture is
addition to repairing or replacing ture kit being damaged during sto-
approximately 0.16 in (4 mm) or
the tire. rage or use:
longer
. NISSAN recommends using only — Only use the emergency tire
puncture repair kit on your ve- — when the tire sidewall is da-
NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire
hicle. Do not use it on other maged
Sealant provided with your vehicle.
Other tire sealants may damage the vehicles. — when the vehicle has been dri-
valve stem seal which can cause the — Only use the kit to inflate the ven with extremely low tire
tire to lose air pressure. tires of your vehicle and to pressure
check the vehicle’s tire pressure. — when the tire has come off the
This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The inside or the outside of the
emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency — Only plug the compressor into a
12V DC car power point. wheel.
Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead
of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily — Keep the kit free of water and — when the tire wheel is damaged
repair minor tire punctures. dirt. — when two or more tires are flat
If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facility — Do not disassemble or modify
that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the the kit. Stopping theGUID-B592108F-AB87-4215-B902-F645D996F8AC
vehicle
emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a
malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and — Do not drop the kit or allow hard 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and
cause the low tire pressure warning light to impacts to the kit. away from traffic.
illuminate. . Do not use the emergency tire 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.
If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions puncture repair kit under the follow- 3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking
below. ing conditions. Contact a NISSAN brake.
dealer or professional road assis-
4. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)
tance.
position.
NOTE:
Do not remove any nails or screws that
have penetrated the tire when performing
repairs.
SCE0867
CAUTION
SCE0868
Do not put the speed restriction label
2. Take the hose * 1 and the power plug * 2
on the steering wheel pad, the speed-
out of the air compressor. Remove the cap
ometer or the warning light locations.
of the bottle holder from the air compressor.
3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle, 5. Remove the protective cap * A of the hose 6. Push the ignition switch to the “ACC”
and screw the bottle clockwise onto the and screw the hose securely onto the tire position. Then turn the compressor switch
bottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact. valve. Make sure that the pressure release to the ON (−) position and inflate the tire up
Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder valve * B is securely tightened. Make sure to the pressure that is specified on the tire
will pierce the seal of the bottle.) that the air compressor switch is in the OFF and loading information label affixed to the
4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on the (*) position, and then insert its power plug driver’s side center pillar if possible, or to the
flat tire. into the power outlet in the vehicle. minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). Turn the air
compressor off briefly in order to check the
tire pressure with the pressure gauge.
If the tire is inflated to higher than the
specified pressure, lower the tire pressure
by releasing air with the pressure release
valve.
NOTE: kPa (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tire 9. After driving, make sure that the air com-
The compressor tire pressure gauge may be seriously damaged and the tire pressor switch is in the OFF position, then
may show a pressure reading of 87 psi cannot be repaired with this tire repair screw the hose securely onto the tire valve.
(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while kit. Contact a NISSAN dealer. Check the tire pressure with the pressure
inflating the tire. The pressure gauge is gauge. The temporary repair is completed if
7. When the tire pressure is at the specified
indicating the pressure inside the sea- the tire pressure does not drop.
amount, turn the air compressor off. If the
lant can. When the sealant has been
pressure cannot be inflated to the specified Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the
injected into the tire the pressure
amount, the air compressor can be turned pressure that is specified on the tire and
gauge will drop and indicate actual tire
off at the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). loading information label before driving.
pressure.
Remove the power plug from the power 10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps
outlet and quickly remove the hose from the from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again or
WARNING tire valve. Attach the protective cap and under 130 kPa (19 psi), the tire cannot be
valve cap. Properly stow the emergency tire repaired with this tire repair kit. Contact
. To avoid serious personal injury puncture repair kit in the trunk. a NISSAN dealer.
while using the emergency tire
puncture repair kit: The sealant bottle and hose can not be
— Securely tighten the compressor CAUTION reused to repair another punctured tire.
Contact a NISSAN dealer to purchase
hose to the tire valve. Failure to
To avoid serious personal injury when replacements.
do so can cause the sealant to
stowing the emergency tire puncture
spray into the air and get into After repairing tire
your eyes or on the skin. repair kit: GUID-469AF29F-F6EE-40DB-B0B7-529D9E5B786E
See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacement
. Do not stand directly beside the . Keep the sealant bottle screwed as soon as possible.
damaged tire while it is being into the compressor. Failure to do
inflated because of the risk of the so can cause the sealant to spray
rupture. If there are any cracks or into the air and get into your eyes or WARNING
bumps, turn the compressor off on the skin.
. After using Emergency Tire Sealant
immediately.
8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes to repair a minor tire puncture, do
or 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h (50 not drive the vehicle at speeds
If the tire pressure does not increase to 180 faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).
MPH) or less.
6-14 In case of emergency
JUMP STARTING
GUID-87EAE9E4-D939-422C-B364-EFAF4EB4B3F2
To start your engine with a booster battery, the
. Immediately after using Emergency . Whenever working on or near a
instructions and precautions below must be
Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire battery, always wear suitable eye
followed.
puncture, take your vehicle to a protectors (for example, goggles or
NISSAN dealer to inspect, and re- industrial safety spectacles) and
pair or replace the tire. The Emer- WARNING remove rings, metal bands, or any
gency Tire Sealant cannot other jewelry. Do not lean over the
permanently seal a punctured tire. . If done incorrectly, jump starting battery when jump starting.
Continuing operation of the vehicle can lead to a battery explosion, . Do not attempt to jump start a
without a permanent tire repair can resulting in severe injury or death. frozen battery. It could explode
lead to a crash. It could also damage your vehicle. and cause serious injury.
. If you used Emergency Tire Sealant . Explosive hydrogen gas is always . Your vehicle has an automatic en-
to repair a minor tire puncture, your present in the vicinity of the battery. gine cooling fan. It could come on at
NISSAN dealer will also need to Keep all sparks and flames away any time. Keep hands and other
replace the TPMS sensor in addition from the battery. objects away from it.
to repairing or replacing the tire.
. Do not allow battery fluid to come
. NISSAN recommends using only into contact with eyes, skin, clothing
NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
Sealant provided with your vehicle. a corrosive sulfuric acid solution
Other tire sealants may damage the which can cause severe burns. If
valve stem seal which can cause the the fluid should come into contact
tire to lose air pressure. with anything, immediately flush the
contacted area with water.
. Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
. The booster battery must be rated at
12 volts. Use of an improperly rated
battery can damage your vehicle.
2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selector 5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *
B
lever to the P (Park) position. Switch off all and let it run for a few minutes.
unnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea- 6. Keep the engine speed of the booster
ter, air conditioner, etc.). vehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and start
3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so the engine of the vehicle *
A being jump
equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly started.
wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion
hazard.
4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as
CAUTION
illustrated (*
1 ? *
2 ? * 3 ? * 4 ).
Do not keep the starter motor engaged
If the battery is discharged, the ignition for more than 10 seconds. If the engine
switch cannot be moved from the OFF does not start right away, place the
SCE0719 position. Connect the jumper cables to ignition switch in the OFF position and
the booster vehicle * B before pushing wait 10 seconds before trying again.
the ignition switch.
WARNING 7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-
CAUTION nect the negative cable and then the positive
Always follow the instructions below. cable (*4 ? * 3 ? * 2 ? * 1 ).
Failure to do so could result in damage
. Always connect positive (+) to posi- 8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be
to the charging system and cause
tive (+) and negative (−) to body sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover
personal injury.
ground (for example, as illustrated), the vent holes as it may be contaminated
not to the battery. with corrosive acid.
1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle
. Make sure the jumper cables do not
* B , position the two vehicles (* A and * B )
touch moving parts in the engine
to bring their batteries into close proximity to
each other. compartment and that the cable
clamps do not contact any other
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch. metal.
WARNING
. Never ride in a vehicle that is being
towed.
. Never get under your vehicle after it
has been lifted by a tow truck.
CAUTION
. When towing, make sure that the
transmission, axles, steering system
and drivetrain are in working condi-
tion. If any unit is damaged, dollies
must be used.
SCE0439
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models
TOWING RECOMMENDED BY
NISSAN GUID-93B317C1-3745-461E-A3A7-3DF7B83E2737
CAUTION
Never tow AWD models with any of the
wheels on the ground as this may cause
serious and expensive damage to the
drivetrain.
SCE0438
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models
GUID-F69CDF34-4EA1-44CF-824A-16A614B5B272 four wheels on the ground (forward
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be or backward), as this may cause
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the serious and expensive damage to
ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as the drivetrain. If it is necessary to
illustrated. tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
For All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models, see “All- raised, always use towing dollies
Wheel Drive (AWD) models” earlier in this under the front wheels.
section. . When towing CVT models with the
front wheels on towing dollies:
CAUTION — Push the ignition switch to the
ACC or ON position, and secure
. Never tow Continuously Variable the steering wheel in a straight-
Transmission (CVT) models with ahead position with a rope or
the front wheels on the ground or similar device.
6-20 In case of emergency
SCE0718
Tie down and recovery hook CAUTION
VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck . Tow chains or cables must be at-
vehicle) GUID-B3BD7373-382C-47A0-B6A5-6832BD608ED7 tached only to the main structural
members of the vehicle or the
WARNING recovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-
cle body will be damaged.
SCE0717 . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. . Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-
Front . Do not spin your tires at high speed. cle tie downs or recovery hooks.
This could cause them to explode . Always pull the cable straight out
and result in serious injury. Parts of from the front of the vehicle. Never
your vehicle could also overheat pull on the vehicle at an angle.
and be damaged. . Pulling devices should be routed so
they do not touch any part of the
suspension, steering, brake or cool-
ing systems.
In case of emergency 6-21
MEMO
MEMO
CLEANING EXTERIOR
GUID-2AD6B705-9E6F-4362-9435-E1577A526821
In order to maintain the appearance of your — Do not use an automatic car
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. CAUTION wash or a high pressure car
To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicle wash. The soft top may be
as soon as you can: . Do not use car washes that use acid damaged.
in the detergent. Some car washes,
. after a rainfall to prevent possible damage — Avoid applying direct water
especially brushless ones, use some
from acid rain pressure, such as high pres-
acid for cleaning. The acid may react
. after driving on coastal roads sured water from household
with some plastic vehicle compo-
. when contaminants such as soot, bird hoses, on the lining of the soft
nents, causing them to crack. This
droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs top and vehicle body. Avoid
could affect their appearance, and
get on the paint surface applying continuous water on
also could cause them not to func-
. when dust or mud builds up on the surface the parts around the soft top
tion properly. Always check with
and the windows. These may
Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle your car wash to confirm that acid
cause water to leak into the
inside a garage or in a covered area. is not used.
inside of your vehicle.
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a . Do not wash the vehicle with strong
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body household soap, strong chemical
Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean
cover. detergents, gasoline or solvents.
water.
Be careful not to scratch the paint surface . Do not wash the vehicle in direct
Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,
when putting on or removing the body sunlight or while the vehicle body is
hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to
cover. hot, as the surface may become
the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas
water-spotted.
WASHING GUID-D51A0660-4C29-4EF2-A28F-AE1DA33F4E15
must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the
Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and . Avoid using tight-napped or rough drain holes in the lower edge of the door are
plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly cloths, such as washing mitts. Care open. Spray water under the body and in the
using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or must be taken when removing wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away
general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- road salt.
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. stances so the paint surface is not
Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface
scratched or damaged.
by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.
. For CrossCabriolet models, observe
the following:
7-2 Appearance and care
SOFT TOP CARE AND CLEANING . If glass cleaner gets on the soft top, damage the vehicle finish.
(CrossCabriolet models)
GUID-AA88797D-0FA7-4772-A989-D5C99AD917D9 immediately wash it off with clean Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a
Proper care and handling should be observed to water. base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the
maintain a good appearance of the soft top. finish or leave swirl marks.
. Do not apply direct water pressure,
Improper care may cause the top cloth’s surface such as high pressured water from REMOVING GUID-82CD7643-19F6-49BE-AE20-E97740B4311B
SPOTS
to stiffen, stain, or mat. Follow the instructions household hoses, on the lining of Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,
shown in this section. the soft top and vehicle body, as this insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible
It is not necessary to wash the soft top every may cause water to leak into the from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage
time you wash the vehicle body, but clean the inside of your vehicle. or staining. Special cleaning products are
top regularly before it becomes quite dirty. available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive
Leaving the soft top dirty or soiled for a long After cleaning, always be sure the top and its accessory stores.
period will cause deterioration to the quality of storage are completely dry before opening the UNDERBODY
the top material. top. Opening the top while it is wet or damp may GUID-F3F926C4-50B1-44F7-85C9-37404B358943
cause interior water damage, water stains or In areas where road salt is used in winter, the
Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will
brush or sponge, then rinse it with plenty of mildew on the top.
prevent dirt and salt from building up and
clean water. When the top is quite dirty, wash WAXING GUID-20BC5BC6-C913-47BE-8285-58A5A20FFCBF causing the acceleration of corrosion on the
using a mild detergent, such as a general Regular waxing protects the paint surface and underbody and suspension. Before the winter
cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing period and again in the spring, the underseal
general purpose dish-washing liquid, mixed with is recommended to remove built-up wax residue must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.
clean, lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the top and to avoid a weathered appearance before
again with plenty of clean water to remove all GLASS GUID-AA3F797F-6D23-47DE-BD9F-52F6024D6755
reapplying wax.
traces of soap. Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust
A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass
proper product. to become coated with a film after the vehicle is
CAUTION . Wax your vehicle only after a thorough parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
washing. Follow the instructions supplied cloth will easily remove this film.
. Do not use strong household soap, with the wax.
strong chemical detergents, gaso- . Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
line or solvents. cutting compounds or cleaners that may
. Do not apply wheel cleaners to the . Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry
CAUTION wheels when they are hot. The towel. Make sure the tire dressing is
wheel temperature should be the completely removed from the tire tread/
. When cleaning the inside of the same as ambient temperature. grooves.
windows, do not use sharp-edged . Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-
. Rinse the wheel to completely re-
tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- mended by tire dressing manufacturer.
move the cleaner within 15 minutes
based disinfectant cleaners. They
after the cleaner is applied.
could damage the electrical conduc-
tors, radio antenna elements or rear
window defroster elements.
CHROME PARTS
GUID-F3E4D57D-0215-409B-935F-28BFFF137B7E
Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-
. If glass cleaner gets on the soft top,
abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
immediately wash it off with clean
water (CrossCabriolet models). TIRE DRESSING
GUID-341760BC-1EC8-47E6-B2E8-49786F6FC160
NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire
ALUMINUM GUID-9F1C3802-9D3B-47C3-8352-2B1CE547A4F2
ALLOY WHEELS dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to
Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a the tires to help reduce discoloration of the
mild soap solution, especially during winter rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it
months in areas where road salt is used. Salt may react with the coating and form a com-
could discolor the wheels if not removed. pound. This compound may come off the tire
while driving and stain the vehicle paint.
If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the
CAUTION following precautions:
. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-
Follow the directions below to avoid
staining or discoloring the wheels: ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an
oil-based tire dressing.
. Do not use a cleaner that uses . Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help
strong acid or alkali contents to prevent it from entering the tire tread/
clean the wheels. grooves (where it would be difficult to
remove).
7-4 Appearance and care
CLEANING INTERIOR
GUID-EB96E49F-0CE3-40E9-B57F-6333751AB9E7
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum CAUTION the ventilators. These products can cause
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and immediate damage and discoloration when
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam- . Never use benzine, thinner, or any spilled on interior surfaces.
pened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean similar material. Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s
with a dry soft cloth. instructions before using air fresheners.
. Small dirt particles can be abrasive
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to and damaging to the leather sur- FLOOR MATS
GUID-310DB8A4-1A53-4185-A354-DD4D5217C52B
maintain the appearance of the leather. faces and should be removed
Before using any fabric protector, read the promptly. Do not use saddle soap,
manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning WARNING
protectors contain chemicals that may stain or fluids, solvents, detergents or am-
bleach the seat material. monia-based cleaners as they may To avoid potential pedal interference
damage the leather’s natural finish. that may result in a collision or injury:
Use a cloth dampened only with water, to clean
the meter and gauge lens. . Only use fabric protectors approved . NEVER place a floor mat on top of
by NISSAN. another floor mat in the driver front
position.
WARNING . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner
on meter or gauge lens covers. It . Use only genuine NISSAN floor
may damage the lens cover. mats specifically designed for use
Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot in your vehicle model. See your
steam cleaners) on the seat. This can NISSAN dealer for more informa-
damage the seat or occupant classifica- AIR FRESHENERS
GUID-47A69D37-9841-4057-B12B-7DBF8A529728
tion.
tion sensor. This can also affect the Most air fresheners use a solvent that could
operation of the air bag system and affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air . Properly position the mats in the
result in serious personal injury. freshener, take the following precautions: floorwell using the floor mat posi-
tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-
. Hanging-type air fresheners can cause
tioning aid” later in this section.
permanent discoloration when they contact
vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air
The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can
freshener in a location that allows it to hang
extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it
free and not contact an interior surface.
easier to clean the interior. Mats should be
Appearance and care 7-5
WARNING
Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in
SAI0038 the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or
chemical solvents to clean the seat
Floor mat positioning aid
GUID-10C2BA6E-A330-4750-B4BF-EE22B5587C56 belts, since these materials may se-
This model includes front floor mat brackets to verely weaken the seat belt webbing.
act as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor
mats have been specially designed for your
vehicle model. The front floor mats have
grommet holes in them. To install, simply
position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
through the floor mat grommet hole while
centering the mat in the floorwell.
Periodically check to make certain that the mats
are properly positioned.
CORROSION PROTECTION
GUID-F214FE05-6238-40EC-9335-AD91601CC924
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI- Temperature Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
GUID-5BBF7F92-5793-439F-B618-FD75F686D4E5
BUTING TO GUID-E14F4ADF-750D-45BC-82C6-89B7727C913E
VEHICLE CORROSION A temperature increase will accelerate the rate . Never allow water or other liquids to
. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt of corrosion to those parts which are not well come in contact with electronic
and debris in body panel sections, cavities, ventilated. components inside the vehicle as
and other areas. this may damage them.
. Damage to paint and other protective coat-
Air pollution GUID-D1959CD6-E822-46C9-B816-3472E1E5CFA7
ings caused by gravel and stone chips or Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air
Chemicals used for road surface deicing are
minor traffic accidents. in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- and deterioration of underbody components
also accelerate the disintegration of paint
ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake
GUID-E8CF6F26-FCFB-475F-880D-66FCC4E0CBC8 surfaces.
lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.
Moisture GUID-048710F2-6C8A-4688-99E0-5C96DEBE2D58 TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM In winter, the underbody must be cleaned
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the CORROSIONGUID-3E36734B-57B2-4781-93BC-76233D1C061D periodically.
vehicle body underside can accelerate corro- . Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the
sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely For additional protection against rust and
vehicle clean. corrosion, which may be required in some areas,
inside the vehicle, and should be removed for
. Always check for minor damage to the paint consult a NISSAN dealer.
drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.
and repair it as soon as possible.
Relative humidity
GUID-625256C2-B27B-4754-B571-EBA58258F058
. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high open to avoid water accumulation.
relative humidity, especially those areas where . Check the underbody for accumulation of
the temperatures stay above freezing where sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water
atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt as soon as possible.
is used.
CAUTION
. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other
debris from the passenger compart-
ment by washing it out with a hose.
MEMO
Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. For additional information regarding tires, refer Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)
Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War- steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely
operating properly and installed securely. Also ranty Information Booklet. with the selector lever in the P (Park) position
check headlight aim. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular without applying any brakes.
Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking basis. Check the windshield at least every six Parking brake: Check the parking brake
the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, months for cracks or other damage. Have a operation regularly. The vehicle should be
and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if damaged windshield repaired by a qualified securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the
necessary. repair facility. parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs
Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks adjustment, see a NISSAN dealer.
7,500 miles (12,000 km). or wear if they do not wipe properly. Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt
Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters
Inside the vehicle
GUID-7477C43A-6666-4E1C-8183-C50E8768BD51 and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,
and always prior to long distance trips. If
The maintenance items listed here should be and are installed securely. Check the belt
necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,
checked on a regular basis, such as when webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.
including the spare, to the pressure specified.
performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning
Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive Seats: Check seat position controls such as
the vehicle, etc.
wear. seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure
Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for they operate smoothly and that all latches lock
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
smooth operation and make sure the pedal securely in every position. Check that the head
transmitter components: Replace the TPMS
does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep restraints/headrests move up and down
transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap
the floor mat away from the pedal. smoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)
when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.
Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth hold securely in all latched positions.
Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle
operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes Steering wheel: Check for changes in the
should pull to either side while driving on a
down further than normal, the pedal feels steering conditions, such as excessive free play,
straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or
spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to hard steering or strange noises.
abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for
stop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keep
wheel alignment. Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that
the floor mat away from the pedal.
If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal all warning lights and chimes are operating
Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the properly.
highway speeds, wheel balancing may be
vehicle to one side when applied.
needed. Windshield defroster: Check that the air
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3
comes out of the defroster outlets properly and supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly
in sufficient quantity when operating the heater exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of flushed with plain water, being careful to clean
or air conditioner. exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust those areas where mud and dirt may accumu-
Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See late. For additional information, see “Cleaning
the wipers and washer operate properly and that “Precautions when starting and driving” in the exterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”
the wipers do not streak. “5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas section.
(carbon monoxide).) Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there is
Under the hood and vehicle
GUID-C5B6E8A1-A458-4FFD-BB50-02D72947F24F Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, adequate fluid in the reservoir.
The maintenance items listed here should be oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has
checked periodically (for example, each time you been parked for a while. Water dripping from the
check the engine oil or refuel). air conditioner after use is normal. If you should
Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,
It should be between the MAX and MIN lines. check for the cause and have it corrected
Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under immediately.
severe condition require frequent checks of the Power steering fluid level* and lines: Check
battery fluid level. the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine
Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,
fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on cracks, etc.
the reservoir. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the
Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,
when the engine is cold. etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the
hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose
Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drive connections.
belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.
Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-
Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking posed to corrosive substances such as those
the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very
engine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to important to remove these substances, other-
drain back into the oil pan. wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuel
Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose lines and around the exhaust system. At the end
8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
GUID-706DBDF3-66DE-4E0B-A1AF-17943A0D7966
When performing any inspection or mainte-
. If you must run the engine in an ways conform to local regulations
nance work on your vehicle, always take care
enclosed space such as a garage, be for disposal of vehicle fluid.
to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or
sure there is proper ventilation for . Never leave the engine or the CVT
damage to the vehicle. The following are general
exhaust gases to escape. related component harnesses dis-
precautions which should be closely observed.
. Never get under the vehicle while it connected while the ignition switch
is supported only by a jack. If it is is in the ON position.
WARNING necessary to work under the vehicle, . Never connect or disconnect the
support it with safety stands. battery or any transistorized com-
. Park the vehicle on a level surface, . Keep smoking materials, flame and ponent while the ignition switch is
apply the parking brake securely sparks away from fuel tank and the in the ON position.
and block the wheels to prevent battery.
the vehicle from moving. Move the . Your vehicle is equipped with an
selector lever to P (Park). . The fuel filter or fuel lines should be automatic engine cooling fan. It may
serviced by a NISSAN dealer be- come on at any time without warn-
. Be sure the ignition switch is in the cause the fuel lines are under high ing, even if the ignition key is in the
OFF or LOCK position when per- pressure even when the engine is OFF position and the engine is not
forming any parts replacement or off. running. To avoid injury, always
repairs. disconnect the negative battery
. If you must work with the engine cable before working near the fan.
running, keep your hands, clothing,
hair and tools away from moving CAUTION This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
fans, belts and any other moving gives instructions regarding only those items
. Do not work under the hood while
parts. which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.
the engine is hot. Turn the engine
. It is advisable to secure or remove off and wait until it cools down. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also
any loose clothing and remove any available. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Man-
. Avoid direct contact with used en-
jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. ual order information” in the “9. Technical and
gine oil and coolant. Improperly
before working on your vehicle. consumer information” section.)
disposed engine oil, and engine
. Always wear eye protection when- coolant and/or other vehicle fluids You should be aware that incomplete or
ever you work on your vehicle. can damage the environment. Al- improper servicing may result in operating
SDI2172
VQ35DE ENGINE
GUID-23C7A2D5-D0CF-4725-9BF0-03AA066A77AD
1. Power steering fluid reservoir 7. Window washer fluid reservoir
2. Drive belt location 8. Engine coolant reservoir
3. Engine oil filler cap 9. Radiator filler cap
4. Brake fluid reservoir 10. Engine oil dipstick
5. Air cleaner 11. Battery
6. Fuse/fusible link holder
ENGINE OIL
GUID-EC1CF097-04EF-4D1F-A2BB-976237C8CA5A
CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
GUID-DE32ED4E-F203-499B-AFDC-B09BC6CBCCDC
Major cooling system repairs should be per-
formed by a NISSAN dealer. The service
procedures can be found in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual.
Improper servicing can result in reduced
heater performance and engine overheat-
ing.
WARNING
. To avoid the danger of being
SDI2173 scalded, never change the coolant SDI2174
when the engine is hot.
CHECKING GUID-71F24E64-AF95-49B0-86E2-C88DC26D8CE9
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL CHECKING GUID-A7C0B3E2-43F2-4FB7-BE67-5603CC32FF16
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when . Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. Serious burns 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below the parking brake.
the MIN level * 2 , open the reservoir cap and
could be caused by high pressure
fluid escaping from the radiator. 2. Run the engine until it reaches operating
add coolant up to the MAX level * 1 . If the
. Avoid direct skin contact with used temperature.
reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the
radiator when the engine is cold. If there is coolant. If skin contact is made, 3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10
insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator wash thoroughly with soap or hand minutes for the oil to drain back into
with coolant up to the filler opening and also add cleaner as soon as possible. the oil pan.
it to the reservoir up to the MAX level * 1 . . Keep coolant out of reach of chil- 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
If the cooling system frequently requires dren and pets. Reinsert it all the way.
coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN 5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil
dealer. Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. level. It should be within the range * 1 . If the
Check your local regulations. oil level is below *2 , remove the oil filler cap
and pour recommended oil through the
8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
CAUTION CAUTION
Oil level should be checked regularly. Make sure the correct lifting and sup-
Operating the engine with an insuffi- port points are used to avoid vehicle
cient amount of oil can damage the damage.
engine, and such damage is not cov-
ered by the warranty.
CHANGING GUID-EB15255D-9AB6-4900-8DB5-EFE99B192889
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
Change the engine oil and filter according to the
maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service
and Maintenance Guide.
Vehicle set-up
GUID-085C5F8D-E441-40D4-ABA8-0B1450B25FBE
SDI2175
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake.
2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches
operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10
minutes.
CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE
POWER STEERING FLUID
TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID
GUID-78243FC0-84C3-43CD-B7EF-F360F2443C93 GUID-16F1439A-FC6D-4D68-9649-9BA4B3C4143E
Correct as required.
13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 CAUTION
minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.
Add engine oil if necessary. . Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid
NS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.
After the operation
GUID-CA8908E0-30C7-4EC6-B362-3897386BFE69
. Using transmission fluid other than
1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.
Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2
2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. will damage the CVT, which is not
covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
WARNING
When checking or replacement is required, we
. Prolonged and repeated contact
recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing. SDI2177
with used engine oil may cause skin
cancer.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir.
. Try to avoid direct skin contact with
The fluid level should be checked using the HOT
used oil. If skin contact is made,
range (* 1 : HOT MAX., * 3 : HOT MIN.) at fluid
wash thoroughly with soap or hand
temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) or
cleaner as soon as possible.
using the COLD range (* 2 : COLD MAX., * 3 :
. Keep used engine oil out of reach of COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F
children. (0 to 308C).
If the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine
NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap
and fill through the opening.
BRAKE FLUID
GUID-B3BD1957-FA8E-4683-A39B-5761F7B3C3C9
For additional brake fluid information, see
CAUTION “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”
in the “9. Technical and consumer information”
. Do not overfill. section of this manual.
. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or
equivalent. WARNING
. Use only new fluid from a sealed
container. Old, inferior or contami-
nated fluid may damage the brake
system. The use of improper fluids
can damage the brake system and
affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.
SDI2178
. Clean the filler cap before removing.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is
. Brake fluid is poisonous and should
below the MIN line * 2 or the brake warning
be stored carefully in marked con-
light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super
tainers out of the reach of children.
Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3
fluid up to the MAX line * 1 . If fluid must be
added frequently, the system should be checked
CAUTION by a NISSAN dealer.
DI0137MA SDI1480C
Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove the 1. Remove the cell plugs *
A .
battery cover if it is necessary.) It should be 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL
between the UPPER LEVEL * 1 and LOWER
*1 line.
LEVEL * 2 lines.
If the side of the battery is not clear, check
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled the distilled water level by looking directly
water to bring the level to the indicator in each above the cell; the condition * 1 indicates
filler opening. Do not overfill. OK and the conditions * 2 needs more to
be added.
3. Tighten cell plugs *
A .
JUMP STARTING
GUID-8388D2A5-1AA4-4543-8945-3818D12359C5
If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” CAUTION
in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If the
engine does not start by jump starting, the . Do not ground accessories directly
battery may have to be replaced. Contact a to the battery terminal. Doing so will
NISSAN dealer. bypass the variable voltage control
system and the vehicle battery may
not charge completely.
. Use electrical accessories with the
engine running to avoid discharging
the vehicle battery.
WARNING
Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF
or LOCK position before servicing drive
belt. The engine could rotate unexpect-
edly.
SPARK PLUGS
GUID-0760D8DF-2C0B-4C81-8308-25D96ABDCC59
CAUTION
Be sure to use the correct socket to
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect
socket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2020
REPLACINGGUID-EBADEFF4-9AAF-48EB-882D-967D4F45C3C6
SPARK PLUGS Iridium-tipped spark plugs
GUID-FFD4E1F9-E03C-41C3-BC92-8FE67105C96C
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer It is not necessary to replace the platinum-
for servicing. tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven-
tional type spark plugs since they will last much
longer. Follow the maintenance log shown in the
“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Do
not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.
Always replace spark plugs with recom-
mended or equivalent ones.
AIR CLEANER
GUID-563B42E8-2E72-4333-B127-B924CD51DCC3
SDI2180
WARNING
. Operating the engine with the air
cleaner removed can cause you or
others to be burned. The air cleaner
not only cleans the air, it stops
flame if the engine backfires. If it
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17
WARNING
See a NISSAN dealer for a brake
system check if the brake pedal height
does not return to normal.
BRAKE PADGUID-C62060BE-48AF-4476-9155-BE5F441FDCC1
WEAR WARNING
The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-
ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it
will make a high pitched scraping sound when
the vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound will
SDI2199
first occur only when the brake pedal is
depressed. After more wear of the brake pad,
Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle * A . the sound will always be heard even if the brake
This may cause improper windshield washer pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes
operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any checked as soon as possible if the wear warning
objects with a needle or small pin * B . Be sound is heard.
careful not to damage the nozzle. Under some driving or climate conditions,
occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise
may be heard. Occasional brake noise during
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19
FUSES
GUID-DC128A5B-9CA9-4DE2-AC47-C190EAF0F0CE
light to moderate stops is normal and does not 2. Open the engine hood.
affect the function or performance of the brake 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by
system. pushing the tab *
1 .
Proper brake inspection intervals should 4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located
be followed. For additional information, see the in the passenger compartment fuse box.
maintenance log section of your “NISSAN
Service and Maintenance Guide”.
SDI2181
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-18AC0A9A-FA94-4493-99D2-AE037D0D54D0
CAUTION
Never use a fuse of a higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on
the fuse box cover. This could damage
the electrical system or cause a fire.
SDI1754 SDI2196
SDI1889
LIGHTS
GUID-7930BD1D-6A37-45F8-BD07-EC7DACC0844D
HARDTOP MODELS
GUID-E863F809-FABB-4234-BEE2-35A49E182A3C
1. Front turn signal/park light* or Front turn signal
light**
2. Headlight (high-beam)* or Front park light**
3. Headlight (low-beam)* or Headlight (low-beam,
high-beam)**
4. Side marker light
5. Front map light
6. Rear personal light
7. Front fog light (if so equipped)
8. Step light
9. High-mounted stop light
10. Back-up light
11. Rear stop/tail light
12. Rear side marker light
13. License plate light
14. Cargo light
15. Rear turn signal light
*: Halogen headlight model
**: Xenon headlight model
SDI2700
CROSSCABRIOLET MODELS
GUID-D0417F55-4F6D-41DA-AC0F-CD743BCB056F
1. Front turn signal light
2. Front park light
3. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)
4. Front side marker light
5. Front map light
6. Front fog light
7. Step light
8. High-mounted stop light
9. Back-up light
10. Rear turn signal light
11. Rear side marker light
12. Trunk light
13. License plate light
14. Rear stop/tail light
SDI2723
HEADLIGHTS
GUID-B7024CBE-4176-4E16-8869-DEBDA14C4A55
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the CAUTION
exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A
temperature difference between the inside and . Do not leave the bulb out of the
the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is headlight reflector for a long period
not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.
inside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer. entering the headlight body may
affect bulb performance.
Replacing GUID-06D0D99A-DBCB-47EA-BA6E-CE7EB8469ACB . High pressure halogen gas is sealed
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer. inside the halogen bulb. The bulb
Xenon headlight model: may break if the glass envelope is
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407
scratched or the bulb is dropped.
. Only touch the plastic base when
WARNING handling the bulb. Never touch the
glass envelope.
HIGH VOLTAGE
. Aiming is not necessary after repla-
When xenon headlights are on, they
cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-
produce a high voltage. To prevent an
ment is necessary, contact a
electric shock, never attempt to modify
NISSAN dealer.
or disassemble. Always have your xe-
non headlights replaced at a NISSAN
Use the same number and wattage as originally SDI2183
dealer. For additional information, see
installed as shown in the chart.
“Headlight and turn signal switch” in Disconnect the battery negative cable before
the “2. Instruments and controls” sec- replacing bulbs.
tion.
To replace the headlight bulb, if necessary,
remove the rubber cover by pulling out the two
Halogen headlight model (if so equipped):
GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407 clips *
1 .
The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which *
A High-beam bulb
uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27
*
B Low-beam bulb EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-A6B488A2-F57B-4F86-9182-F40F0F8F3000
SDI2200
Side marker light (Halogen headlight model)
1. Remove the rubber cover. (See “Headlights”
earlier in this section.)
2. Remove the bulb as illustrated.
SDI1679
SDI2030 SDI1500B
Front map light Cargo light (Hardtop models)
SDI2184
Front fog light (if so equipped)
SDI2031 SDI1451B
Rear personal light (if so equipped) Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models)
level.
WARNING
. For additional information re-
. Improperly inflated tires can fail garding tires, refer to “Important
suddenly and cause an accident. Tire Safety Information” (US) or
“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-
. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating
da) in the Warranty Information
(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.
Booklet.
S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-
bel. The vehicle weight capacity
is indicated on the Tire and
Loading Information label. Do
not load your vehicle beyond
this capacity. Overloading your
vehicle may result in reduced
tire life, unsafe operating condi-
tions due to premature tire fail-
ure, or unfavorable handling
characteristics and could also
lead to a serious accident. Load-
ing beyond the specified capa-
city may also result in failure of
other vehicle components.
. Before taking a long trip, or
whenever you heavily load your
vehicle, use a tire pressure
gauge to ensure that the tire
pressures are at the specified
8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
SDI2503
CrossCabriolet models:
COLD TIRE
INFLATION
SIZE PRES-
SURE
FRONT P235/55R20 230 kPa,
ORIGINAL 102T 33 PSI
TIRE
REAR P235/55R20 230 kPa,
ORIGINAL 102T 33 PSI
TIRE
SDI1575 SDI1606
Example Example
TIRE LABELING GUID-696EC93A-2514-47AA-8FC2-5FE841ADB735
*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed
place standardized information on the side- for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires
wall of all tires. This information identifies have this information.)
and describes the fundamental character- 2. Three-digit number (215): This number
istics of the tire and also provides the tire gives the width in millimeters of the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety stan- from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.
dard certification. The TIN can be used to 3. Two-digit number (60): This number,
identify the tire in case of a recall. known as the aspect ratio, gives the
tire’s ratio of height to width.
4. R: The “R” stands for radial.
5. Two-digit number (16): This number is
the wheel or rim diameter in inches.
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35
*
6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” TYPES OF TIRES All season tires
Indicates whether the tire requires an GUID-A8013747-6C94-4E8C-A38F-E7BC1E696489 GUID-291C0F9C-E1B3-4D07-A20B-D7E2B3DAF1BA
NISSAN specifies all season tires on some
inner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube- models to provide good performance all year,
less”). WARNING
including snowy and icy road conditions. All
*7 The word “radial”
. When changing or replacing tires, Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON
The word “radial” is shown, if the tire and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
be sure all four tires are of the same
has radial structure. type (Example: Summer, All Season sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction
*8 Manufacturer or brand name or Snow) and construction. A than All Season tires and may be more appro-
Manufacturer or brand name is shown. NISSAN dealer may be able to help priate in some areas.
Other tire-related terminology: you with information about tire type, Summer tiresGUID-EF7AEB6C-3F1F-4FD5-A5C3-764EFED3051A
In addition to the many terms that are size, speed rating and availability.
NISSAN specifies summer tires on some
defined throughout this section, Intended . Replacement tires may have a lower models to provide superior performance on dry
Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that speed rating than the factory roads. Summer tire performance is substantially
equipped tires, and may not match reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not
contains a whitewall, bears white lettering
the potential maximum vehicle have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire
or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model speed. Never exceed the maximum sidewall.
name molding that is higher or deeper than speed rating of the tire.
the same molding on the other sidewall of If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or
. Replacing tires with those not ori- icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of
the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall ginally specified by NISSAN could SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four
of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular affect the proper operation of the wheels.
side that must always face outward when TPMS.
mounted on a vehicle. . For additional information regard-
Snow tires GUID-E820C239-86F9-4925-8DD7-766A95787CEB
ing tires, refer to “Important Tire If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire tires equivalent in size and load rating to the
Safety Information” (Canada) in the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can
Warranty Information Booklet. adversely affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle.
Generally, snow tires will have lower speed
ratings than factory equipped tires and may not
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37
match the potential maximum vehicle speed. . ONLY use spare tires specified for chain must be secured or removed to prevent
Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the the AWD model. the possibility of whipping action damage to the
tire. fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully
If you install snow tires, they must be the same If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom- loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In
size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all mended that all four tires be replaced with tires addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,
four wheels. of the same size, brand, construction and tread your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle
pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment handling and performance may be adversely
For additional traction on icy roads, studded
should also be checked and corrected as affected.
tires may be used. However, some U.S. states
and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. necessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer. Tire chains must be installed only on the
Check local, state and provincial laws before front wheels and not on the rear wheels.
TIRE CHAINS
GUID-6204202C-317D-4765-A1B1-D1D79486BCE6
installing studded tires. Skid and traction cap- Use of tire chains may be prohibited according Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE
abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry to location. Check the local laws before instal- ONLY spare tire.
surfaces, may be poorer than that of non- ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, make Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with
studded snow tires. sure they are the proper size for the tires on your tire chains in such conditions can cause damage
All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models vehicle and are installed according to the chain to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to
GUID-BFBB743C-16B6-4459-BD0B-1E087CE52CCB
manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE some overstress.
Class S chains. Class “S” chains are used on
CAUTION vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.
Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are
. Always use tires of the same type, designed to meet the SAE standard minimum
size, brand, construction (bias, bias- clearances between the tire and the closest
belted or radial), and tread pattern vehicle suspension or body component required
on all four wheels. Failure to do so to accommodate the use of a winter traction
may result in a circumference differ- device (tire chains or cables). The minimum
ence between tires on the front and clearances are determined using the factory
rear axles which will cause exces- equipped tire size. Other types may damage
sive tire wear and may damage the your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-
transmission, transfer case and dif- commended by the tire chain manufacturer to
ferential gears. ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire
WARNING
. After rotating the tires, check
and adjust the tire pressure.
. Retighten the wheel nuts when
the vehicle has been driven for
SDI1662 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in SDI1663
cases of a flat tire, etc.). 1. Wear indicator
CHANGINGGUID-C0E68C99-6D1E-468B-BD60-266B69785593
WHEELS AND TIRES
. Do not include the spare tire or 2. Wear indicator location mark
Tire rotation GUID-F64A5784-30E5-4161-A652-802036607CAA any other small size spare tire in Tire wear and damage
NISSAN recommends rotating the tires the tire rotation. GUID-93CD1313-9389-4D39-9BDA-72E38D0D8BA5
. For additional information regard- For additional information regarding tires, refer
ing tires, refer to “Important Tire to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or WARNING
Safety Information” (US) or “Tire “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-
Safety Information” (Canada) in the ranty Information Booklet. . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare
Warranty Information Booklet. tire should be used for emergency
Care of wheels
GUID-AA05CFEB-4DD0-40C9-AE0A-E1164697E4EB use. It should be replaced with the
. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle standard tire at the first opportunity
to maintain their appearance. to avoid possible tire or differential
CAUTION . Clean the inner side of the wheels when the damage.
wheel is changed or the underside of the . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-
Always use tires of the same type, size, vehicle is washed.
brand, construction (bias, bias-belted ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-
. Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing stalled. Avoid sharp turns and
or radial), and tread pattern on all four the wheels.
wheels. Failure to do so may result in a abrupt braking while driving.
. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or . Periodically check spare tire infla-
circumference difference between tires
corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of tion pressure. Always keep the
on the front and rear axles which will
pressure or poor seal at the tire bead. pressure of the TEMPORARY USE
cause excessive tire wear and may
damage the transmission, transfer case . NISSAN recommends that the road wheels ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,
and differential gears (AWD models). be waxed to protect against road salt in 4.2 bar). Always keep the pressure
areas where it is used during winter. of the full size spare tire (if so
Spare tire (if GUID-79CEC75D-4985-4C99-90D0-93E5E8E4948F
so equipped) equipped) at the recommended
Wheel balance
GUID-46078A79-580F-474C-870B-9EA681D7E559 pressure for standard tires, as in-
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARY dicated on the Tire and Loading
and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can USE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will not
Information label.
get out of balance. Therefore, they should be function.
. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY
balanced as required. Observe the following precautions if the TEM-
spare tire installed do not drive your
Wheel balance service should be per- PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used, vehicle at speeds faster than 50
formed with the wheels off the vehicle. otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or MPH (80 km/h).
Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle involved in an accident.
. When driving on roads covered with
could lead to mechanical damage. snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-41
Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................... ... 9-2 Vehicle load capacity ....................................................
... 9-13
Fuel recommendation .........................................................
... 9-3 Securing the load (Hardtop models) ........................ ... 9-15
Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ....................... ... 9-5 Loading tips .....................................................................
... 9-16
Air conditioning system refrigerant and Measurement of weights ..............................................
... 9-16
lubricant recommendations ...............................................
... 9-6 Towing a trailer (Hardtop models) ....................................
... 9-16
Specifications .............................................................................
... 9-7 Maximum load limits ......................................................
... 9-17
Engine ....................................................................................
... 9-7 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximum
Wheels and tires .................................................................
... 9-7 Gross Axle Weight (GAW) .........................................
... 9-18
Dimensions and weights ...................................................
... 9-8 Towing load/specification ............................................
... 9-20
When traveling or registering your vehicle in Towing safety ..................................................................
... 9-21
another country ..........................................................................
... 9-8 Flat towing .......................................................................
... 9-25
Vehicle identification .................................................................
... 9-8 Uniform tire quality grading .................................................
... 9-25
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ..................... ... 9-8 Treadwear ........................................................................
... 9-25
Vehicle identification number (chassis number) .......... ... 9-9 Traction AA, A, B and C ..............................................
... 9-25
Engine serial number ..........................................................
... 9-9 Temperature A, B and C ..............................................
... 9-26
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................... ... 9-10 Emission control system warranty .....................................
... 9-26
Emission control information label ...............................
... 9-10 Reporting safety defects .....................................................
... 9-27
Tire and loading information label ................................
... 9-10 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ......... ... 9-28
Air conditioner specification label ................................
... 9-11 Event Data Recorders (EDR) .............................................
... 9-28
Installing front license plate .................................................
... 9-12 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ..... ... 9-29
Vehicle loading information ..................................................
... 9-13 In the event of a collision .............................................
... 9-29
Terms ...................................................................................
... 9-13
*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.
*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.
*3: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at a NISSAN dealer.
*4: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle
limited warranty.
*5: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).
*6: DEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.
*7: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.
*8: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this sectionfor air conditioner specification label.
FUEL RECOMMENDATION
GUID-D97FF142-73E7-4116-82ED-FCB50AFD22BC . Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Gasoline containing oxygenates
GUID-BA8D6AAF-F373-47AD-8703-93F129B7F978
Hardtop models Your vehicle is not designed to run Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing
GUID-E96B8573-A1EA-46C0-A951-788A27F847D9
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane
damage the fuel system compo- nol with or without advertising their presence.
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)
nents and is not covered by the NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels
number (Research octane number 91).
NISSAN new vehicle limited war- of which the oxygenate content and the fuel
CrossCabriolet models ranty. compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily
GUID-D5623B72-D972-4112-A054-7344DA659109
determined. If in doubt, ask your service station
NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded
premium gasoline with an octane rating of at Gasoline specifications manager.
GUID-B0C6EB94-018F-44F3-ADCF-D5B163286779
least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re- NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take
search octane number 96). the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci- the following precautions as the usage of such
fications where it is available. Many of the fuels may cause vehicle performance problems
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,
you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an automobile manufacturers developed this spe- and/or fuel system damage.
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number cification to improve emission control system . The fuel should be unleaded and have
(Research octane number 91), but you may and vehicle performance. Ask your service an octane rating no lower than that
notice a decrease in performance. station manager if the gasoline meets the recommended for unleaded gasoline.
WWFC specifications. . If an oxygenate-blend, other than
methanol blend is used, it should
CAUTION Reformulated gasoline
GUID-C2C66DA3-BC5C-4200-8675-EBEBC0305D8E contain no more than 10% oxygenate.
Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor- (MTBE may, however, be added up to
. Using a fuel other than that speci- mulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially 15%.)
fied could adversely affect the emis- designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN . If a methanol blend is used, it should
sion control system, and may also supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug- contain no more than 5% methanol
affect warranty coverage. gests that you use reformulated gasoline when (methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . It
. Under no circumstances should a available. should also contain a suitable amount
leaded gasoline be used, because of appropriate cosolvents and corro-
this will damage the three-way cat- sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-
alyst. lated with appropriate cosolvents and
corrosion inhibitors, such methanol
Technical and consumer information 9-3
CAUTION
The use of any other refrigerant or oil
will cause severe damage to the air
conditioning system and will require
the replacement of all air conditioner
SPECIFICATIONS
GUID-57A6D36D-0870-40A3-93D9-0726DBA853EF
ENGINE WHEELS AND TIRES
GUID-83EAC807-A79A-4A8F-ADD5-4ACCD8032619
GUID-7BEF76CE-97C9-4C86-AD64-1DC6D91E7E39
WHEN TRAVELING OR
REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
ANOTHER COUNTRY
GUID-F3E06BA8-5D71-47F0-8AF4-A2111289E6D1
GUID-DBB0F8D5-24A2-4C41-9D48-0CAEDD461803
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS When planning to travel in another coun-
GUID-BC214C17-4138-465C-87FB-6F5139F69EA1
try, you should first find out if the fuel available is
189.9 (4,822)*1 suitable for your vehicle’s engine.
Overall length in (mm)
190.1 (4,828)*2
74.1 (1,883)*1 Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low
Overall width in (mm) may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles
74.5 (1,893)*2
Overall height in (mm) 67.0 (1,703)*1 must be operated with unleaded gasoline.
68.0 (1,728)*1, *3
Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas
where appropriate fuel is not available.
66.2 (1,681)*2
When transferring the registration of your
Front tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610) vehicle to another country, state, province
Rear tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610) or district, it may be necessary to modify the
Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825) vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.
Gross vehicle weight The laws and regulations for motor vehicle
lb (kg)
rating See the F.M.V.S.S. STI0334
emission control and safety standards vary
Gross axle weight /C.M.V.S S. certi-
rating according to the country, state, province or VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
fication label on
the driver’s side district; therefore, vehicle specifications may (VIN) PLATEGUID-F287A1CF-CB55-4145-8CBD-CF2C41049012
Front lb (kg)
lock pillar. differ.
lb (kg)
The vehicle identification number plate is at-
Rear When any vehicle is to be taken into tached as shown. This number is the identifica-
another country, state, province or district tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle
*1:Hardtop models
and registered, its modifications, transpor- registration.
*2:CrossCabriolet models tation, and registration are the responsi-
*3:With roof rack rail bility of the user. NISSAN is not
responsible for any inconvenience that
may result.
STI0819
CrossCabriolet models
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION
LABEL GUID-BB53C190-69CB-4485-95C2-116BFE831B39
The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification
label is affixed as shown. This label contains
valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross
Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of
manufacture, Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.
STI0563 STI0373
STI0339
STI0821
LOADING TIPS
GUID-A9873A92-B769-4872-B024-4D23D1C31CA9 . Overloading not only can short-
. The GVW must not exceed GVWR or en the life of your vehicle and WARNING
GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./ the tire, but can cause unsafe
C.M.V.S.S. certification label. Overloading or improper loading of a
vehicle handling and longer trailer and its cargo can adversely affect
. Do not load the front and rear axle to braking distances. This may vehicle handling, braking and perfor-
the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the cause a premature tire failure, mance and may lead to accidents.
GVWR. which could result in a serious
accident and personal injury.
WARNING Failures caused by overloading
CAUTION
are not covered by the vehicle’s
. Properly secure all cargo with warranty. . Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy
ropes or straps to help prevent it load for the first 500 miles (800 km).
from sliding or shifting. Do not MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS
GUID-051E378D-270A-4295-9008-5A577CD7575F
Your engine, axle or other parts
Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts could be damaged.
place cargo higher than the
seatbacks. In a sudden stop or that could affect the balance of your . For the first 500 miles (800 km) that
collision, unsecured cargo could vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive you tow a trailer, do not drive over
to a scale and weigh the front and the rear 50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not make
cause personal injury.
starts at full throttle. This helps the
. Do not load your vehicle any wheels separately to determine axle loads.
engine and other parts of your
heavier than the GVWR or the Individual axle loads should not exceed vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.
maximum front and rear either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
GAWRs. If you do, parts of your (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should Your new vehicle was designed to be used
vehicle can break, tire damage not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight primarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-
could occur, or it can change the Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given member that towing a trailer places additional
on the vehicle certification label. If weight loads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-
way your vehicle handles. This ing, braking and other systems.
could result in loss of control ratings are exceeded, move or remove
and cause personal injury. items to bring all weights below the ratings. A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available
on the website at www.nissanusa.com. This
9-16 Technical and consumer information
guide includes information on trailer towing outside temperatures on graded roads can
capability and the special equipment required affect engine performance and cause overheat-
for proper towing. ing. The transmission high fluid temperature
CrossCabriolet models: protection mode, which helps reduce the
chance of transmission damage, could activate
Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.
and automatically decrease engine power.
MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS
GUID-3EC02ECD-41A7-4248-A556-984BAE561887
Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.
Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and
Maximum trailer loads
GUID-557CBE7B-C03E-4B8A-8F75-A21E76331B12 vehicle load, weather and road conditions.
Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the
value specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-
tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailer WARNING
weight plus its cargo weight.
. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs STI0541 Overheating can result in reduced en-
(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brake gine power and vehicle speed. The
system MUST be used. The GCWR equals the combined weight of the reduced speed may be lower than other
towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo) traffic, which could increase the chance
The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined Weight
plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater of a collision. Be especially careful
Rating) should not exceed the value specified in
than these or using improper towing equipment when driving. If the vehicle cannot
the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.
could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking maintain a safe driving speed, pull to
and performance. the side of the road in a safe area.
The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not Allow the engine to cool and return to
only related to the maximum trailer loads, but normal operation. See “If your vehicle
also the places you plan to tow. Tow weights overheats” in the “6. In case of emer-
appropriate for level highway driving may have to gency” section of this manual.
be reduced on very steep grades or for low
traction situations (for example, on slippery boat
ramps).
Temperature conditions can also affect towing.
For example, towing a heavy trailer in high
Technical and consumer information 9-17
CAUTION
Vehicle damage resulting from impro-
per towing procedures are not covered
by NISSAN warranties.
STI0542 TI1012M
10 to 15% of the total trailer load within the The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed
maximum tongue load limits shown in the the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)
following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification
the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange label. The GVW equals the combined weight of
cargo to allow for proper tongue load. the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,
hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional
equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must
not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.
certification label.
Towing capacities are calculated assuming a
base vehicle with driver and any options
9-18 Technical and consumer information
required to achieve the rating. Additional pas- 2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the . Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-
sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such GCWR. The remaining amount is the avail- ing Load/Specification” chart - 3,500 lb.
as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle able maximum towing capacity. (1,588 kg).
and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh 5,263 lb. (2,387 kg) GVWR
capacity and trailer tongue load. your trailer on a scale with all equipment and − 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW
The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is Available for tongue
confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, Front towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not = 337 lb. (152 kg) weight
GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined Weight more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating
Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity. shown on the trailer and is not more than the 8,300 lb. (3,765 kg) GCWR
All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured calculated available maximum towing capacity. − 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW
using platform type scales commonly found at Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale Capacity available for
= 3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) towing
truck stops, highway weigh stations, building to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and
supply centers or salvage yards. Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front
337 lb. (152 kg) / Available tongue weight
To determine the available payload capacity for Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight
3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) Available capacity
tongue load, use the following procedure. on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.
= 10 % tongue weight
The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to
1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.
be moved or removed to meet the specified The available towing capacity may be less than
S.S. certification label.
ratings. the maximum towing capacity due to the
2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.
Example:
the passengers and cargo that are normally
in the vehicle when towing a trailer. . Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-
on a scale - including passengers, cargo tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If the
3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the
and hitch - 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg).
GVWR. The remaining amount is the avail- cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not
. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from
able maximum tongue load. exceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-
F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -
To determine the available towing capacity, use 5,263 lb. (2,387 kg). tion even if the calculated available tongue
the following procedure. weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated
. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)
1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the from “Towing Load/Specification” chart - tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total
“Towing Load/Specification” chart found 8,300 lb. (3,765 kg). trailer weight to match the available tongue
later in this section. weight.
1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of a
tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).
2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are not
offered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for
your trailer.
TOWING SAFETY
GUID-25BF615C-A317-4E21-B7D7-87818AFD314A
. Choose the proper class hitch ball based on Class I hitch GUID-48B9ED8E-A2C8-419A-9A35-F9327B7205B1
the trailer weight. Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball
Trailer hitch GUID-2EE2B9B8-ABFF-4B7C-A0E5-889D0E5175DF . The diameter of the threaded shank of the mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers
Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).
trailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should
available from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure the be no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the hole Class II hitchGUID-F44ED144-D1E3-4BE0-99F7-929ABE85EFE2
trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to in the ball mount. Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball
help avoid personal injury or property damage . The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers
due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough road long enough to be properly secured to the of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).
surfaces or passing trucks. ball mount. There should be at least 2
threads showing beyond the lock washer
and nut. CAUTION
WARNING
Sway controlGUID-FA4B130C-35B6-4317-9CF7-F00C40AF8090
device . Special hitches which include frame
Trailer hitch components have specific reinforcements are required for tow-
weight ratings. Your vehicle may be Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffeting
caused by other vehicles can affect trailer ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitable
capable of towing a trailer heavier than genuine NISSAN hitches for pickup
the weight rating of the hitch compo- handling. Sway control devices may be used to
help control these affects. If you choose to use trucks and sport utility vehicles are
nents. Never exceed the weight rating available at a NISSAN dealer.
of the hitch components. Doing so can one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to
cause serious personal injury or prop- make sure the sway control device will work with . The hitch should not be attached to
erty damage. the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brake or affect the operation of the im-
system. Follow the instructions provided by the pact-absorbing bumper.
manufacturer for installing and using the sway . Do not use axle-mounted hitches.
Hitch ball GUID-E39A719C-DDFC-41BD-B436-1F76F3169AAC
control device.
. Do not modify the vehicle exhaust
Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and system, brake system, etc. to install
weight rating for your trailer: a trailer hitch.
. The required hitch ball size is stamped on . To reduce the possibility of addi-
most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also tional damage if your vehicle is
have the size printed on top of the ball. struck from the rear, where practi-
cal, remove the hitch and/or recei- turning corners. Trailer brakesGUID-21DD387F-EC09-4A2A-95BA-58E6193E64FA
ver when not in use. After the hitch Trailer lights GUID-C0E60E1B-4E97-47ED-94B2-2A921EA2AF95 If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,
is removed, seal the bolt holes to make sure it conforms to federal and/or local
prevent exhaust fumes, water or regulations and that it is properly installed.
dust from entering the passenger CAUTION
compartment.
When splicing into the vehicle electrical WARNING
. Regularly check that all trailer hitch
mounting bolts are securely system, a commercially available
power-type module/converter must be Never connect a trailer brake system
mounted. directly to the vehicle brake system.
used to provide power for all trailer
lighting. This unit uses the vehicle
Tire pressures
GUID-4D579486-C58B-4182-9B69-1D17C2634D39 battery as a direct power source for all Pre-towing tips
GUID-2726CCBF-1308-4A9A-9EE9-831D4F3E1608
. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle trailer lights while using the vehicle tail
. Be certain your vehicle maintains a level
tires to the recommended cold tire light, stoplight and turn signal circuits
position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is
pressure indicated on the Tire and as a signal source. The module/con-
hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an
Loading Information label. verter must draw no more than 15
abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;
milliamps from the stop and tail lamp
. Trailer tire condition, size, load rating check for improper tongue load, overload,
circuits. Using a module/converter that
and proper inflation pressure should be worn suspension or other possible causes
exceeds these power requirements may
of either condition.
in accordance with the trailer and tire damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent
manufacturers’ specifications. See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain
the proper equipment and to have it load shift while driving.
Safety chainsGUID-08592264-67E0-40AD-AD75-EB0AFAF51FBA installed. . Keep the cargo load as low as possible in
Always use a suitable chain between your the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity
vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should low.
Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or
be crossed and should be attached to the hitch, local regulations. For assistance in hooking up . Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the
not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer or trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in
chains can be attached to the bumper if the reputable trailer dealer. the back half. Also make sure the load is
hitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to balanced side to side.
leave enough slack in the chains to permit
9-22 Technical and consumer information
. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits. 6. Turn off the engine.
vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, . When backing up, hold the bottom of the To drive away:
and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you steering wheel with one hand. Move your
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
attach a trailer to the vehicle. hand in the direction in which you want the
. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to trailer to go. Make small corrections and 2. Start the engine.
all federal, state or local regulations. If not, back up slowly. If possible, have someone 3. Shift the transmission into gear.
install any mirrors required for towing before guide you when you are backing up. 4. Release the parking brake.
driving the vehicle. Always block the wheels on both vehicle and 5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are
. Determine the overall height of the vehicle trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not clear from the blocks.
and trailer so the required clearance is recommended; however, if you must do so:
known. 6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.
Trailer towingGUID-18AE22C3-1763-4039-AB9A-7D6C36240ACD
tips CAUTION . When going down a hill, shift into a lower
In order to gain skill and an understanding of the gear and use the engine braking effect.
vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning, If you move the shift selector lever to
When going up a long grade, downshift the
stopping and backing up in an area which is free the P (Park) position before blocking
transmission to a lower gear and reduce
from traffic. Steering stability, and braking the wheels and applying the parking
speed to reduce chances of engine over-
performance will be somewhat different than brake, transmission damage could oc-
loading and/or overheating.
under normal driving conditions. cur.
. If the engine coolant rises to an extremely
. Always secure items in the trailer to prevent high temperature when the air conditioning
load shift while driving. 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.
system is on, turn off the air conditioner.
. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or 2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill Coolant heat can be additionally vented by
lock to prevent the coupler from inadver- side of the vehicle and trailer wheels. opening the windows, switching the fan
tently becoming unlatched. 3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly control to high and setting the temperature
. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops. release the brake pedal until the blocks control to the HOT position.
. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. absorb the vehicle load. . Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal
. Always drive your vehicle at a moderate 4. Apply the parking brake. circumstances.
speed. Some states or provinces have 5. Shift the transmission into P (Park). . Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles
specific speed limits for vehicles that are (800 km).
. Have your vehicle serviced more often than 2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply . Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness
at intervals specified in the recommended the brakes and pull to the side of the road in connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after
maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser- a safe area. 50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every
vice and Maintenance Guide. 3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is break.
. When making a turn, your trailer wheels will balanced as described earlier in this section. . When stopped in traffic for long periods of
be closer to the inside of the turn than your time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P
. Be careful when passing other vehicles.
vehicle wheels. To compensate for this, (Park) position.
Passing while towing a trailer requires
make a larger than normal turning radius . When launching a boat, don’t allow the
considerably more distance than normal
during the turn. water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or
passing. Remember the length of the trailer
. Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely must also pass the other vehicle before you rear bumper.
affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus- can safely change lanes. . Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights
ing vehicle sway. When being passed by before backing the trailer into the water or
. Down shift the transmission to a lower gear
larger vehicles, be prepared for possible the trailer lights may burn out.
for engine braking when driving down steep
changes in crosswinds that could affect When towing a trailer, the transmission
or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle
vehicle handling. If swaying does occur, fluid should be changed more frequently.
without applying the brakes.
firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straight For additional information, see the “8.
. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too
ahead, and immediately (but gradually) Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section
long or too frequently. This could cause the
reduce vehicle speed. This combination will earlier in this manual.
brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced
help stabilize the vehicle. Never increase
braking efficiency.
speed.
. Increase your following distance to allow for
Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:
greater stopping distances while towing a
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
allow the vehicle to coast and steer as
. Do not use cruise control while towing a
straight ahead as the road conditions allow.
trailer.
This combination will help stabilize the
. Some states or provinces have specific
vehicle.
. Do not correct trailer sway by steering or
regulations and speed limits for vehicles
that are towing trailers. Obey the local
applying the brakes.
speed limits.
(AWD) vehicle with any of the The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
wheels on the ground. Doing so AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the
may cause serious and expensive tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
damage to the powertrain. measured under controlled conditions on spe-
cified government test surfaces of asphalt and
. For emergency towing procedures
concrete. A tire marked C may have poor
refer to “Towing recommended by
traction performance.
Technical and consumer information 9-25
OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE
MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION
GUID-63089829-29DE-4259-8B9D-7A8EAE7A2ABD
of personally identifying data routinely acquired Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION
GUID-A3DE68C3-56E4-4773-A87D-86F1A349543C
during a crash investigation. model year and prior can be purchased. A
Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this
To read data recorded by an EDR, special genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best
unlikely event, there is some important informa-
equipment is required and access to the vehicle source of service and repair information for your
tion you should know.
or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the
factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN Many insurance companies routinely authorize
manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to
such as law enforcement, that have the special dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can
also be purchased. cut costs, among other reasons.
equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will In the USA: Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN
only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle For current pricing and availability of genuine Collision Parts!
GUID-59839774-5107-4B7A-8D0D-502662E35A3C
owner or lessee or as otherwise required or NISSAN Service Manuals, contact: If you want your vehicle to be restored using
permitted by law. 1-800-450-9491 parts made to NISSAN’s original exacting
www.nissan-techinfo.com specifications — if you want to help it to last
For current pricing and availability of genuine and hold its resale value, the solution is simple.
NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact: Tell your insurance agent and your repair
1-800-247-5321 shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli-
sion Parts. NISSAN does not warrant non-
In Canada:
NISSAN parts, nor does NISSAN’s warranty
To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN apply to damage caused by a non-genuine part.
Service Manual or Owner’s Manual for this
Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect
model year and prior, contact a NISSAN dealer.
your personal safety, preserve your warranty
For the phone number and location of a NISSAN
protection and maintain the resale value of your
dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information
vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, using
Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual
Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit
NISSAN representative will assist you.
unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at
the end of your lease.
NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones
to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate
the windshield of your vehicle in an accident.
10 Index
A Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ......... ... 2-45 Brightness control
Audible reminders .......................................................
... 2-19 Display ON/OFF button ........................................
... 4-9
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................... 5-26 Audio operation precautions ....................................
... 4-35 Instrument panel...................................................
... 2-39
Adjustable headrest....................................................
... 1-14 Audio system................................................................
... 4-35 Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................
... 2-12
Advanced air bag system .........................................
... 1-53 Steering wheel audio controls..........................
... 4-81 Bulb replacement........................................................
... 8-25
Air bag system Auto closure .................................................................
... 3-24
Advanced air bag system ..................................
... 1-53 Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) .........................
... 4-51
Door-mounted curtain side-impact and C
Autolight system..........................................................
... 2-37
rollover supplemental air bag system ............. ... 1-59 Automatic Cabin air filter...............................................................
... 4-34
Front passenger air bag and status light....... ... 1-55 Door locks.................................................................
... 3-7 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ....... ... 9-2
Front-seat mounted side-impact Drive positioner.....................................................
... 3-50 Car phone or CB radio .............................................
... 4-84
supplemental air bag system ............................
... 1-59 Seat positioner......................................................
... 3-50 Cargo cover..................................................................
... 2-51
Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and AUX (Auxiliary) button................................................
... 4-52 Cargo floor box............................................................
... 2-50
rollover supplemental air bag system ............. ... 1-59 Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................
... 5-6 Cargo lights..................................................................
... 2-62
Air bag warning labels...............................................
... 1-62
Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst................... ... 5-3
Air bag warning light......................................
... 1-62, 2-16
Air cleaner housing filter ...........................................
... 8-17 B CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning .............. ... 4-80
Center multi-function control panel.......................... ... 4-3
Air conditioner
Back door (See lift gate) ..........................................
... 3-20 Child restraints.............................................................
... 1-30
Air conditioner operation....................................
... 4-30
Battery............................................................................
... 8-13 Booster seats........................................................
... 1-44
Air conditioner service ........................................
... 4-34
Battery saver system...........................................
... 2-38 LATCH system ......................................................
... 1-32
Air conditioner specification label.................... ... 9-11
Intelligent Key........................................................
... 8-22 Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-30
Air conditioning system refrigerant and
Variable voltage control system........................ ... 8-15 Child safety...................................................................
... 1-28
lubricant recommendations....................... ... 4-34, 9-6
Before starting the engine ........................................
... 5-13 Child safety rear door lock .........................................
... 3-8
In-cabin microfilter ...............................................
... 4-34 ®
Bluetooth hands-free phone system Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................
... 2-19
Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle
(models with navigation system).............................
... 4-84 Cigarette lighter and ashtray....................................
... 2-45
security system)...........................................................
... 2-30
Bluetooth® hands-free phone system Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................
... 8-21
Alcohol, drugs and driving..........................................
... 5-7
(models without navigation system) ....................... ... 4-95 Cleaning exterior and interior............................
... 7-2, 7-5
All-wheel drive (AWD)...............................................
... 5-21
Bluetooth® streaming audio .....................................
... 4-65 Clock ..............................................................................
... 2-43
All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light...................... ... 2-12
Booster seats...............................................................
... 1-44 Coat hooks ...................................................................
... 2-55
Antenna..........................................................................
... 4-83
Brake Cold weather driving..................................................
... 5-29
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-26
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ..................... ... 5-26 Compact Disc (CD) changer (See
Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light..... ... 2-12
Brake fluid..............................................................
... 8-12 audio system)...............................................................
... 4-51
Appearance care Brake system.........................................................
... 5-25 Compact Disc (CD) player (See
Exterior appearance care ......................................
... 7-2 Parking brake operation .....................................
... 5-18 audio system)...............................................................
... 4-56
Interior appearance care .......................................
... 7-5 Warning light.........................................................
... 2-13 Compass .........................................................................
... 2-8
Armrest ..........................................................................
... 1-17
Break-in schedule .......................................................
... 5-20 Console box .................................................................
... 2-49
Fuel-filler cap.........................................................
... 3-42 Heater J
Fuel-filler door.......................................................
... 3-42 Engine block heater.............................................
... 5-30
Gauge ........................................................................
... 2-8 Heater and air conditioner operation .............. ... 4-30 Jump starting................................................................
... 6-15
®
LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ................................ 3-44 HomeLink Universal Transceiver .............................. 2-63
Fuses..............................................................................
... 8-20 Hood release................................................................
... 3-20
Fusible links..................................................................
... 8-21 Hook
K
Coat hooks ............................................................
... 2-55 Keyless entry (See remote keyless
G Luggage hook .......................................................
... 2-52 entry system)................................................................
... 3-16
Horn................................................................................
... 2-40 Keys..................................................................................
... 3-3
Garage door opener, HomeLink® For Intelligent Key system............................
... 3-3, 3-8
Universal Transceiver..................................................
... 2-63 I
Gas cap.........................................................................
... 3-42
Gauge ..............................................................................
... 2-5 Ignition switch (Push-button)...................................
... 5-10
L
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................... ... 2-7 Immobilizer system......................................................
... 2-30 Labels
Fuel gauge ................................................................
... 2-8 In-cabin microfilter ......................................................
... 4-34 Air bag warning labels........................................
... 1-62
Odometer..................................................................
... 2-6 Indicator Air conditioner specification label.................... ... 9-11
Speedometer............................................................
... 2-6 Dot matrix display.................................................
... 2-19 Emission control information label................... ... 9-10
Tachometer ...............................................................
... 2-7 Lights.......................................................................
... 2-16 Engine serial number..............................................
... 9-9
Trip computer ........................................................
... 2-24 INFO button....................................................................
... 4-9 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ ... 9-10
General maintenance ...................................................
... 8-2 Inside mirror..................................................................
... 3-47 Tire and Loading information label ....... ... 8-33, 9-10
Glove box......................................................................
... 2-48 Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ..........................
... 9-28 Vehicle identification number (VIN) .................... ... 9-8
Instrument brightness control ..................................
... 2-39 LATCH system .............................................................
... 1-32
H Instrument panel............................................................
... 2-4 License plate, Installing front license plate .......... ... 9-12
Intelligent Key system .........................................
... 3-3, 3-8 Lift gate..........................................................................
... 3-20
Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth® (models with Battery replacement ............................................
... 8-22 Light
navigation system) ......................................................
... 4-84 Key operating range ............................................
... 3-10 Air bag warning light...........................................
... 1-62
Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth® Key operation ........................................................
... 3-11 Bulb replacement.................................................
... 8-25
(models without navigation system) .......................
... 4-95 Warning light.........................................................
... 2-14 Cargo lights...........................................................
... 2-62
Hazard warning flasher switch.................................
... 2-40 Warning signals....................................................
... 3-14 Fog light switch ....................................................
... 2-39
Head restraints ............................................................
... 1-11 Intelligent Key warning light......................................
... 2-14 Headlight switch...................................................
... 2-36
Headlights Interior light control switch .......................................
... 2-61 Headlights bulb replacement ............................
... 8-27
Bulb replacement.................................................
... 8-27 Interior light replacement...........................................
... 8-28 Indicator lights.......................................................
... 2-16
Headlight switch...................................................
... 2-36 Interior lights.................................................................
... 2-60 Interior light control switch ................................
... 2-61
®
Xenon headlights..................................................
... 2-36 iPod player operation...............................................
... 4-70 Interior lights..........................................................
... 2-60
Headrest, Adjustable headrest ................................
... 1-14 ISOFIX child restraint.................................................
... 1-32 Map lights ..............................................................
... 2-60
Heated seats................................................................
... 2-41 Mood lights............................................................
... 2-62
Heated steering wheel...............................................
... 2-41 Personal lights ......................................................
... 2-60
10-3
Replacement..........................................................
... 8-25 Manual command selection......................................
... 4-97 Opening the soft top..................................................
... 3-28
Trunk light...............................................................
... 2-63 Manual front seat adjustment.....................................
... 1-3 Operation, Indicators for operation ........................
... 2-20
Vanity mirror lights ...............................................
... 2-62 Map lights .....................................................................
... 2-60 Outside air temperature display ..............................
... 2-26
Warning/indicator lights and Master warning light...................................................
... 2-15 Outside mirrors............................................................
... 3-48
audible reminders.................................................
... 2-12 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) ................. ... 3-4 Overdrive OFF switch................................................
... 5-16
Xenon headlights..................................................
... 2-36 Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner ....... ... 3-50 Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................
... 6-17
Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ..... ... 8-28 Meter, Trip computer..................................................
... 2-24 Owner’s Manual/Service Manual
Loading information (See vehicle Meters and gauges.......................................................
... 2-5 order information .........................................................
... 9-29
loading information) ....................................................
... 9-13 Instrument brightness control ...........................
... 2-39
Lock Mirror P
Automatic door locks .............................................
... 3-7 Inside mirror...........................................................
... 3-47
Door locks.................................................................
... 3-5 Outside mirrors.....................................................
... 3-48 Panic alarm ...................................................................
... 3-18
Lift gate lock..........................................................
... 3-20 Vanity mirror...........................................................
... 3-49 Parking
Power door lock ......................................................
... 3-5 Monitor, Rearview monitor ........................................
... 4-22 Brake break-in.......................................................
... 5-25
Trunk lid ..................................................................
... 3-25 Mood lights...................................................................
... 2-62 Parking brake operation .....................................
... 5-18
Locking with mechanical key......................................
... 3-5 Moonroof .......................................................................
... 2-58 Parking brake release warning .........................
... 2-22
Low fuel warning.........................................................
... 2-22 Multi-function controller...............................................
... 4-5 Parking on hills .....................................................
... 5-24
Low tire pressure warning light...............................
... 2-14 Personal lights .............................................................
... 2-60
Low tire pressure warning system N Phone
®
(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) .... ... 5-3 Bluetooth hands-free phone system
Low washer fluid warning .........................................
... 2-22 New vehicle break-in..................................................
... 5-20 (models with navigation system)...................... ... 4-84
Luggage cover.............................................................
... 2-53 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System..................... ... 2-30 Bluetooth® hands-free phone system
Luggage hooks............................................................
... 2-52 NISSAN voice recognition system ......................
... 4-108 (models without navigation system) ................ ... 4-95
Luggage side box .......................................................
... 2-51 No key warning............................................................
... 2-21 Car phone or CB radio ......................................
... 4-84
Power
M O Front seat adjustment ............................................
... 1-4
Power door lock ......................................................
... 3-5
Maintenance Odometer........................................................................
... 2-6 Power outlet ..........................................................
... 2-44
Battery.....................................................................
... 8-13 Off-road recovery..........................................................
... 5-6 Power steering fluid.............................................
... 8-11
General maintenance .............................................
... 8-2 Oil Power steering system .......................................
... 5-25
Indicators for maintenance ................................
... 2-23 Capacities and Power windows ....................................................
... 2-55
Inside the vehicle ....................................................
... 8-3 recommended fuel/lubricants...............................
... 9-2 Precautions
Maintenance precautions ......................................
... 8-5 Changing engine oil and filter..............................
... 8-9 Audio operation ....................................................
... 4-35
Maintenance requirements....................................
... 8-2 Checking engine oil level......................................
... 8-8 Braking precautions.............................................
... 5-25
Outside the vehicle.................................................
... 8-2 Engine oil...................................................................
... 8-8 Child restraints......................................................
... 1-30
Seat belt maintenance........................................
... 1-28 Engine oil viscosity..................................................
... 9-5 Cruise control........................................................
... 5-18
Malfunction indicator light (MIL)..............................
... 2-17 Oil filter replacement indicator .........................
... 2-23 Driving safety............................................................
... 5-8
10-4
Maintenance .............................................................
... 8-5 Selector lever
On-pavement and off-road driving ..................... ... 5-6 S Shift lock release..................................................
... 5-17
Seat belt usage ....................................................
... 1-18 Servicing air conditioner............................................
... 4-34
Supplemental restraint system..........................
... 1-47 Safety SETTING button..........................................................
... 4-13
When starting and driving ....................................
... 5-2 Child seat belts ....................................................
... 1-28 Shift lock release, Transmission ..............................
... 5-17
Push starting ................................................................
... 6-17 Reporting safety defects (US only)................. ... 9-27 SHIFT “P” warning......................................................
... 2-21
“PUSH” warning..........................................................
... 2-21 Towing safety.........................................................
... 9-21 Shifting, CVT (Continuously
Push-button ignition switch..........................
... 5-10, 5-11 Satellite radio operation ............................................
... 4-55 Variable Transmission) ...............................................
... 5-14
Seat adjustment Shoulder belt height adjustment .............................
... 1-23
R Front manual seat adjustment..............................
... 1-3 Soft top
Front power seat adjustment ...............................
... 1-4 Care and cleaning (CrossCabriolet models) .... ... 7-3
Radio ..............................................................................
... 4-35 Front seats................................................................
... 1-3 If the top does not open or close.................... ... 3-37
Car phone or CB radio ......................................
... 4-84 Seat belt(s) Soft top indicator light.............................
... 2-18, 3-32
FM-AM radio with Compact Disc Child safety............................................................
... 1-28 Soft top operation................................................
... 3-28
(CD) changer ........................................................
... 4-49 Infants......................................................................
... 1-29 SOURCE select switch.............................................
... 4-82
FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc Injured persons .....................................................
... 1-20 Spare tire..............................................................
... 8-41, 9-7
(CD) player ............................................................
... 4-54 Larger children......................................................
... 1-29 Spark plugs ..................................................................
... 8-16
Rain-sensing auto wiper system .............................
... 2-33 Precautions on seat belt usage........................ ... 1-18 Speedometer..................................................................
... 2-6
Rapid air pressure loss................................................
... 5-7 Pregnant women ..................................................
... 1-20 Starting
Readiness for inspection/maintenance Rear center seat belt ..........................................
... 1-24 Before starting the engine .................................
... 5-13
(I/M) test........................................................................
... 9-28 Seat belt cleaning...................................................
... 7-6 Jump starting.........................................................
... 6-15
Rear center seat belt .................................................
... 1-24 Seat belt extenders..............................................
... 1-27 Precautions when starting and driving .............. ... 5-2
Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock........... ... 3-8 Seat belt hooks ....................................................
... 1-24 Push starting .........................................................
... 6-17
Rear headrest...............................................................
... 1-17 Seat belt maintenance........................................
... 1-28 Starting the engine ..............................................
... 5-13
Rear seats.......................................................................
... 1-9 Seat belt warning light........................................
... 2-15 STATUS button..............................................................
... 4-9
Rear window and outside mirror Seat belts...............................................................
... 1-18 Status light, Front passenger air bag .................... ... 1-55
defroster switch...........................................................
... 2-35 Seat belts with pretensioners ...........................
... 1-60 Steering
Rear window wiper and washer switch ................ ... 2-34 Shoulder belt height adjustment ...................... ... 1-23 Heated steering wheel........................................
... 2-41
Rearview monitor.........................................................
... 4-22 Small children........................................................
... 1-29 Power steering fluid.............................................
... 8-11
Recorders, Event data ...............................................
... 9-28 Three-point type ...................................................
... 1-20 Power steering system .......................................
... 5-25
Registering your vehicle in another country........... ... 9-8 Seat(s) Steering lock release malfunction indicator....... 2-20
Remote keyless entry system...................................
... 3-16 Driver-side memory..............................................
... 3-50 Steering-wheel-mounted controls
Repairing flat tire (CrossCabriolet models) ........... ... 6-9 Heated seats.........................................................
... 2-41 for audio .................................................................
... 4-81
Reporting safety defects (US only) ........................ ... 9-27 Seats ..........................................................................
... 1-2 Tilt/telescopic steering........................................
... 3-45
Rollover............................................................................
... 5-6 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Storage ..........................................................................
... 2-46
Roof, Roof rack............................................................
... 2-54 System), Engine start.................................................
... 2-30 Storage box ..................................................................
... 2-50
Roof, Soft top ..............................................................
... 3-28 Security system, Vehicle security system ............. ... 2-29 Sun visors .....................................................................
... 3-46
10-5
10-6
10-7
GUID-F1F462A6-46D6-4EA3-9D90-01DE96BC21F2
FUEL RECOMMENDATION: NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-
GUID-50F8836A-D3CC-4E76-B13B-14D99AFD59C6 . Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is not designed to run
DURES RECOMMENDATION:
GUID-D1C13E3B-499A-43E4-BD11-65EB1FFC3068
Hardtop models
GUID-033DF57B-D253-4977-86D8-DA3312DF2E90 During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
on E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel can
Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane vehicle use, follow the recommendations out-
damage the fuel system compo-
rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.
nents and is not covered by the
number (Research octane number 91). Starting and driving” section of this Owner’s
NISSAN new vehicle limited war-
CrossCabriolet models ranty. Manual. Follow these recommendations for the
GUID-8D5F7D33-7D9B-44A8-9BE5-A35572BF88C7 future reliability and economy of your new
NISSAN recommends the use of unleaded vehicle.
premium gasoline with an octane rating of at For additional information, see “Capacities and
least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re- recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-
search octane number 96). cal and consumer information” section.
If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, ENGINE OILGUID-70F5CBD1-5EC3-421C-A3A9-6AFA1138A1D2
RECOMMENDATION:
you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an . Engine oil with API Certification Mark
octane rating of at least 87 AKI number . Viscosity SAE 5W-30
(Research octane number 91), but you may See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-
notice a decrease in performance. cants” in the “9. Technical and consumer
information” section for engine oil and oil filter
recommendation.
CAUTION
COLD TIRE PRESSURES:
GUID-FEE86B42-5F34-4F55-B8D5-495978191FBA
. Using a fuel other than that speci- The label is typically located on the driver side
fied could adversely affect the emis- center pillar or on the driver’s door. For
sion control systems, and may also additional information, see “Wheels and tires”
affect warranty coverage. in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”
. Under no circumstances should a section.
leaded gasoline be used, since this
will damage the three way catalyst.